diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 350e0a301..0fe39de5c 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -91,12 +91,12 @@ msgid "Transferring an on-premise database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:17 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:90 msgid "To Odoo Online" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:20 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:93 msgid "Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**." msgstr "" @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ msgid "`Submit a support ticket `_ including the foll msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:28 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:98 msgid "your **subscription number**," msgstr "" @@ -134,22 +134,22 @@ msgid "the **dump** as an attachment or as a link to the file (required for 60 M msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:32 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:105 msgid "Odoo then makes sure the database is compatible before putting it online. In case of technical issues during the process, Odoo might contact you." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:36 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:109 msgid "If you have time constraints, `submit a support ticket `_ as soon as possible to schedule the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:40 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:77 msgid "To Odoo.sh" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:42 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:83 msgid "Follow the instructions found in :ref:`the Import your database section ` of the Odoo.sh *Create your project* documentation." msgstr "" @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ msgid "Transferring an Odoo Online database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo Online's :ref:`intermediary versions ` cannot be hosted on-premise as that type of hosting does not support those versions. Therefore, if the database to transfer is running an intermediary version, it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version `, waiting for its release if necessary." +msgid "Odoo Online's :ref:`intermediary versions ` are not supported by Odoo.sh or on-premise. Therefore, if the database to transfer is running an intermediary version, it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version `, waiting for its release if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:55 @@ -170,72 +170,180 @@ msgid "Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name on the `O msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:63 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:113 +msgid "If there is an active Odoo subscription linked to the database being migrated, reach out to the Customer Service Manager or `submit a support ticket `_ to complete the subscription transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:118 msgid "To on-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:65 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:79 msgid "Sign in to `the Odoo Online database manager `_ and click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name to :guilabel:`Download` a backup. If the download fails due to the file being too large, `contact Odoo support `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:69 -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:121 msgid "Restore the database from the database manager on your local server using the backup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:87 msgid "Transferring an Odoo.sh database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:95 msgid "Uninstall all **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in the production build." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:96 msgid "`Create a support ticket `_ including the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:99 msgid "the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`)," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:100 msgid "which **branch** should be migrated," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:96 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:101 msgid "in which **region** you want the database to be hosted (Americas, Europe, or Asia)," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:102 msgid "which user(s) will be the **administrator(s)**, and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:103 msgid "**when** (and in which timezone) you want the database to be up and running." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:111 msgid "Select the **region** closest to most of your users to reduce latency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:112 msgid "Future **administrator(s)** must have an Odoo.com account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:113 msgid "The **date and time** you want the database to be up and running are helpful to organize the switch from the Odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:115 msgid "Databases are **not reachable** during their migration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/hosting.rst:120 msgid "Download a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo mobile apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:5 +msgid "Two kind of Odoo mobile app exist: the progressive web app (PWA) and store apps. Using the PWA is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:9 +msgid "Progressive web app (PWA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:11 +msgid "PWAs are web-based applications designed to function across different devices and platforms, leveraging web browsers to deliver user experiences similar to native apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:14 +msgid "The Odoo PWA features include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:16 +msgid "Quick access by adding the PWA to a device's home screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:17 +msgid "Seamless and borderless navigation experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:18 +msgid "Push notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:19 +msgid "SSO authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:21 +msgid "To install the Odoo PWA, launch a browser supporting PWAs, and sign in to an Odoo database. The instructions to install a PWA depend on the platform and browser used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:26 +msgid "Android" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:28 +msgid "**Chrome**: open Chrome's menu (:guilabel:`⋮`), select :guilabel:`Install app`, and tap :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:31 +msgid "**Firefox**: open Firefox's menu (:guilabel:`⋮`), select :guilabel:`Install`, and either touch and hold the Odoo icon or tap :guilabel:`Add automatically`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:34 +msgid "The PWA can also be installed with **Samsung Internet**, **Edge**, and **Opera**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:36 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:38 +msgid "**Safari**: open the **Share** menu by tapping the square with an arrow pointing upwards icon, select :guilabel:`Add to Home Screen`, edit the PWA details if desired, and tap :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:42 +msgid "On iOS 16.4 and above, the PWA can also be installed with **Chrome**, **Firefox**, and **Edge**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:45 +msgid "Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:47 +msgid "**Chrome** and **Edge**: click the installation icon at the right of the address bar and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:51 +msgid "`Google Chrome Help: Use progressive web apps `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:53 +msgid "`MDN Web Docs: Installing and uninstalling web apps `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:55 +msgid "`Microsoft Support: Install, manage, or uninstall apps in Microsoft Edge `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:58 +msgid "Store apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:60 +msgid "The Odoo mobile apps are available for download on the `Google Play Store `_ and `Apple App Store `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:65 +msgid "The iOS app cannot be updated and will be deprecated at some point in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/mobile.rst:67 +msgid "While the store apps support multi-accounts, they are not compatible with SS0 authentication." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/odoo_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Odoo.com accounts" msgstr "" @@ -431,64 +539,68 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Duplicated databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:67 -msgid "Rename" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:63 +msgid "A maximum of five duplicates can be made per database. Under extraordinary circumstances, contact `support `_ to raise the limit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:69 +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:71 msgid "Rename the database and its URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:76 msgid "Download" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:78 msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a backup of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:81 msgid "Databases are backed up daily as per the `Odoo Cloud Hosting SLA `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:87 msgid "Domain names" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:89 msgid "Use a custom :doc:`domain name ` to access the database via another URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:93 msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:96 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:98 msgid "Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:100 msgid "Add tags to easily identify and sort your databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:101 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:103 msgid "You can search for tags in the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:108 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:110 msgid "Delete a database instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:113 msgid "Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is instant and applies to all users. It is recommended to create a backup of the database before deleting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:116 msgid "Carefully read the warning message and only proceed if the implications of deleting a database are fully understood." msgstr "" @@ -496,31 +608,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The warning message displayed before deleting a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:121 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:123 msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:124 msgid "The database name is immediately made available to anyone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:125 msgid "Deleting a database if it has expired or is linked to a subscription is impossible. In that case, contact `Odoo Support `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:131 msgid "Contact us" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:131 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:133 msgid "Access the `Odoo.com support page `_ with the database's details already pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:139 msgid "Invite / remove users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:139 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:141 msgid "To invite users, fill out the new user's email address and click :guilabel:`Invite`. To add multiple users, click :guilabel:`Add more users`." msgstr "" @@ -528,15 +640,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inviting a user on a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:147 msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:150 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:149 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:151 msgid ":doc:`odoo_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -1982,10 +2094,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:40 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:40 msgid "pic1" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:43 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:43 msgid "pic2" msgstr "" @@ -2650,15 +2764,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:127 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:35 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:43 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:71 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:72 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:73 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:89 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:90 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:53 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:97 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" @@ -4503,186 +4618,196 @@ msgid "End of support" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo saas~17.1" +msgid "Odoo saas~17.2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:43 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:54 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:55 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:60 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:61 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:66 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:78 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:73 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:84 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:91 msgid "N/A" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "January 2024" +msgid "April 2024" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" +msgid "Odoo saas~17.1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:99 -msgid "November 2023" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "October 2026 (planned)" +msgid "January 2024" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" +msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "August 2023" +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:105 +msgid "November 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:51 +msgid "October 2026 (planned)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "August 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:53 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:59 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:65 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:71 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:83 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:95 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:96 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:89 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:101 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:102 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:103 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:107 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:108 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:115 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "June 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:68 msgid "March 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:70 msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:74 msgid "February 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:76 msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:74 -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:111 msgid "October 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "November 2025 (planned)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:82 msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:86 msgid "March 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:87 msgid "January 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:88 msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:92 msgid "February 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:93 msgid "July 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:94 msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:98 msgid "October 2021" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:99 msgid "November 2024 (planned)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:100 msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:104 msgid "October 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:106 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:110 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:112 msgid "Older versions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:116 msgid "Before 2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:117 msgid "Before 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:119 msgid "Legend" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:121 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:123 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:119 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:125 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:128 msgid "Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from any version `_." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/essentials.pot b/locale/sources/essentials.pot index 902871a27..5e59bb267 100644 --- a/locale/sources/essentials.pot +++ b/locale/sources/essentials.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/essentials/activities.rst:-1 msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." msgstr "" @@ -327,503 +328,786 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, it is sometimes necessary to export or import data for running reports, or for data modification. This document covers the export and import of data into and out of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:9 +msgid "Sometimes, users run into a 'time out' error, or a record does not process, due to its size. This can occur with large exports, or in cases where the import file is too large. To circumvent this limitation surrounding the size of the records, process exports or imports in smaller batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:16 msgid "Export data from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:10 -msgid "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities (even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:14 -msgid "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on *Action*, and, then, on *Export*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 -msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:18 +msgid "When working with a database, it is sometimes necessary to export data in a distinct file. Doing so can aid in reporting on activities, although, Odoo provides a precise and easy reporting tool with each available application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 -msgid "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for the data to export:" +msgid "With Odoo, the values can be exported from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view (:guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon), on the items that need to be exported, and then select the records that should be exported. To select a record, tick the checkbox next to the corresponding record. Finally, click on :guilabel:`⚙️ Action`, and then :guilabel:`Export`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 -msgid "overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgid "View of the different things to enable/click to export data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:30 -msgid "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, not just the ones which can be imported." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:31 +msgid "When clicking on :guilabel:`Export`, an :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-over window appears, with several options for the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:36 -msgid "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With .csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo.." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 -msgid "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:38 +msgid "With the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatable export)` option ticked, the system only shows the fields that can be imported. This is helpful in the case where the existing records need to be updated. This works like a filter. Leaving the box unticked, gives many more field options because it shows all the fields, not just the ones that can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 -msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:42 +msgid "When exporting, there is the option to export in two formats: `.csv` and `.xls`. With `.csv`, items are separated by a comma, while `.xls` holds information about all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 -msgid "The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:48 -msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgid "These are the items that can be exported. Use the :guilabel:`> (right arrow)` icon to display more sub-field options. Use the :guilabel:`Search` bar to find specific fields. To use the :guilabel:`Search` option more efficiently, click on all the :guilabel:`> (right arrows)` to display all fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 -msgid "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on *New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export the same list, simply select the related template." +msgid "The :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` icon button is present to add fields to the :guilabel:`Fields to export` list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:51 +msgid "The :guilabel:`↕️ (up-down arrow)` to the left of the selected fields can be used to move the fields up and down, to change the order in which they are displayed in the exported file. Drag-and-drop using the :guilabel:`↕️ (up-down arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:54 +msgid "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon is used to remove fields. Click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to remove the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 -msgid "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, *Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what you would like to import next." +msgid "For recurring reports, it is helpful to save export presets. Select all the needed fields, and click on the template drop-down menu. Once there, click on :guilabel:`New template`, and give a unique name to the export just created. The next time the same list needs to be exported, select the related template that was previously saved from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:62 +msgid "It is helpful to know the field's external identifier. For example, :guilabel:`Related Company` in the export user interface is equal to *parent_id* (external identifier). This is helpful because then, the only data exported is what should be modified and re-imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:69 msgid "Import data into Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:66 -msgid "How to start" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:71 +msgid "Importing data into Odoo is extremely helpful during implementation, or in times where data needs to be updated in bulk. The following documentation covers how to import data into an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:68 -msgid "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx) or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries and even orders!" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:75 +msgid "Imports are permanent and **cannot** be undone. However, it is possible to use filters (`created on` or `last modified`) to identify records changed or created by the import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:79 +msgid "Activating :ref:`developer mode ` changes the visible import settings in the left menu. Doing so reveals an :menuselection:`Advanced` menu. Included in this advanced menu are two options: :guilabel:`Track history during import` and :guilabel:`Allow matching with subfields`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:78 -msgid "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:85 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:86 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +msgid "Advanced import options when developer mode is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 -msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgid "If the model uses openchatter, the :guilabel:`Track history during import` option sets up subscriptions and sends notifications during the import, but leads to a slower import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:92 -msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the corresponding field." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:90 +msgid "Should the :guilabel:`Allow matching with subfields` option be selected, then all subfields within a field are used to match under the :guilabel:`Odoo Field` while importing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:94 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:96 +msgid "Data can be imported on any Odoo business object using either Excel (`.xlsx`) or :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` (`.csv`) formats. This includes: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries, and orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:100 -msgid "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight on the very next time." +msgid "Open the view of the object to which the data should be imported/populated, and click on :menuselection:`⭐ Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:104 -msgid "How to import from another application" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +msgid "Favorites menu revealed with the import records option highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:106 -msgid "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the **ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:107 +msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Import records`, Odoo reveals a separate page with templates that can be downloaded and populated with the company's own data. Such templates can be imported in one click, since the data mapping is already done. To download a template click :guilabel:`Import Template for Customers` at the center of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:114 -msgid "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it whenever possible." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:113 +msgid "When importing a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, Odoo provides :guilabel:`Formatting` options. These options do **not** appear when importing the proprietary Excel file type (`.xls`, `.xlsx`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:0 +msgid "Formatting options presented when a CVS file is imported in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 -msgid "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type *Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by default." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:121 +msgid "Make necessary adjustments to the *Formatting* options, and ensure all columns in the :guilabel:`Odoo field` and :guilabel:`File Column` are free of errors. Finally, click :guilabel:`Import` to import the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:131 -msgid "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list of fields for each column." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:126 +msgid "Adapt a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:128 +msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). Open them with any spreadsheet software (*Microsoft Office*, *OpenOffice*, *Google Drive*, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 -msgid "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:132 +msgid "Once the template is downloaded, proceed to follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:147 -msgid "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the **Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:134 +msgid "Add, remove, and sort columns to best fit the data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:152 -msgid "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo whatever your locale date format is." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:135 +msgid "It is strongly advised to **not** remove the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:137 +msgid "Set a unique ID to every record by dragging down the ID sequencing in the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:159 -msgid "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will crash." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +msgid "An animation of the mouse dragging down the ID column, so each record has a unique ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:164 -msgid "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:145 +msgid "When a new column is added, Odoo may not be able to map it automatically, if its label does not fit any field within Odoo. However, new columns can be mapped manually when the import is tested. Search the drop-down menu for the corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +msgid "Drop-down menu expanded in the initial import screen on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:153 +msgid "Then, use this field's label in the import file to ensure future imports are successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:156 +msgid "Another useful way to find out the proper column names to import is to export a sample file using the fields that should be imported. This way, if there is not a sample import template, the names are accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:161 +msgid "Import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:163 +msgid "The :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) is a unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one from previous software to facilitate the transition to Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:166 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:167 -msgid "32000,00" +msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 -msgid "32,000.00" +msgid "Update imports: import the same file several times without creating duplicates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 -msgid "(32000.00)" +msgid ":ref:`Import relation fields `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:172 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgid "To recreate relationships between different records, the unique identifier from the original application should be used to map it to the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 -msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgid "When another record is imported that links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) for the original unique identifier. This record can also be found using its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:178 +msgid "It should be noted that there will be a conflict if two or more records have the same name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgid "The :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) can also be used to update the original import, if modified data needs to be re-imported later, therefore, it is a good practice to specify it whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 -msgid "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse CSV file bar after you select your file)." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:184 +msgid "Field missing to map column" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 -msgid "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgid "Odoo heuristically tries to find the type of field for each column inside the imported file, based on the first ten lines of the files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 -msgid "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet application?" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:189 +msgid "For example, if there is a column only containing numbers, only the fields with the *integer* type are presented as options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:193 -msgid "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:192 +msgid "While this behavior might be beneficial in most cases, it is also possible that it could fail, or the column may be mapped to a field that is not proposed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 -msgid "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> Encoding tab`)." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:195 +msgid "If this happens, check the :guilabel:`Show fields of relation fields (advanced) option`, then a complete list of fields becomes available for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:202 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 +msgid "Searching for the field to match the tax column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:204 -msgid "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to import." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:203 +msgid "Change data import format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:209 -msgid "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:206 +msgid "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and tries to guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While this process can work for many date formats, some date formats are not recognizable. This can cause confusion, due to day-month inversions; it is difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day, and which part is the month, in a date, such as `01-03-2016`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:212 -msgid "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID postgresql column" +msgid "When importing a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, Odoo provides :guilabel:`Formatting` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:213 -msgid "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:218 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:215 +msgid "To view which date format Odoo has found from the file, check the :guilabel:`Date Format` that is shown when clicking on options under the file selector. If this format is incorrect, change it to the preferred format using *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:222 -msgid "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, according to your need:" +msgid "*ISO 8601* is an international standard, covering the worldwide exchange, along with the communication of date and time-related data. For example, the date format should be `YYYY-MM-DD`. So, in the case of July 24th 1981, it should be written as `1981-07-24`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 -msgid "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that have been created manually." +msgid "When importing Excel files (`.xls`, `.xlsx`), consider using *date cells* to store dates. This maintains locale date formats for display, regardless of how the date is formatted in Odoo. When importing a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, use Odoo's :guilabel:`Formatting` section to select the date format columns to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:227 -msgid "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique Database ID)" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:231 +msgid "Import numbers with currency signs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 -msgid "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third party application." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:233 +msgid "Odoo fully supports numbers with parenthesis to represent negative signs, as well as numbers with currency signs attached to them. Odoo also automatically detects which thousand/decimal separator is used. If a currency symbol unknown to Odoo is used, it might not be recognized as a number, and the import crashes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:232 -msgid "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will be able to make a reference to that record with columns like \"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for Products and their Categories." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:239 +msgid "When importing a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, the :guilabel:`Formatting` menu appears on the left-hand column. Under these options, the :guilabel:`Thousands Separator` can be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for categories `." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:243 +msgid "Examples of supported numbers (using 'thirty-two thousand' as the figure):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:240 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for Products `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:245 +msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:246 -msgid "If for example you have two product categories with the child name \"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 -msgid "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field 'Category'." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:247 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:248 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:249 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:250 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:251 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:253 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:255 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 -msgid "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has multiple tags)?" +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 -msgid "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and 'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column of your CSV file." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:259 +msgid "A :guilabel:`() (parenthesis)` around the number indicates that the number is a negative value. The currency symbol **must** be placed within the parenthesis for Odoo to recognize it as a negative currency value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:262 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer `" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:264 +msgid "Import preview table not displayed correctly" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:266 -msgid "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a Sales Order)?" +msgid "By default, the import preview is set on commas as field separators, and quotation marks as text delimiters. If the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file does not have these settings, modify the :guilabel:`Formatting` options (displayed under the :guilabel:`Import` :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file bar after selecting the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 -msgid "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is ``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some quotations you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:275 -msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 -msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:272 +msgid "If the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file has a tabulation as a separator, Odoo does **not** detect the separations. The file format options need to be modified in the spreadsheet application. See the following :ref:`Change CSV file format ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:280 -msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines `." +msgid "Change CSV file format in spreadsheet application" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:282 -msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" +msgid "When editing and saving :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files in spreadsheet applications, the computer's regional settings are applied for the separator and delimiter. Odoo suggests using *OpenOffice* or *LibreOffice*, as both applications allow modifications of all three options (from *LibreOffice* application, go to :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 -msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts `." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:288 +msgid "Microsoft Excel can modify the encoding when saving (:menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> 'Tools' drop-down menu --> Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:289 -msgid "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or \"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record depending if it's new or not." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:292 +msgid "Difference between Database ID and External ID" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:294 -msgid "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgid "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When such fields are imported, Odoo has to recreate links between the different records. To help import such fields, Odoo provides three mechanisms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:299 +msgid "**Only one** mechanism should be used per field that is imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:300 -msgid "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:301 +msgid "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes three different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:303 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 -msgid "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each person and the company they work for)." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:304 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country/Database ID`: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID PostgreSQL column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:306 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country/External ID`: the ID of this record referenced in another application (or the `.XML` file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:309 +msgid "For the country of Belgium, for example, use one of these three ways to import:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 -msgid "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like 'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: `Belgium`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 -msgid "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a PostgreSQL database `)" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:312 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country/Database ID`: `21`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 -msgid "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write the following command:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:313 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country/External ID`: `base.be`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:315 +msgid "According to the company's need, use one of these three ways to reference records in relations. Here is an example when one or the other should be used, according to the need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 -msgid "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the following SQL command in PSQL:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:318 +msgid "Use :guilabel:`Country`: this is the easiest way when data comes from :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files that have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:320 +msgid "Use :guilabel:`Country/Database ID`: this should rarely be used. It is mostly used by developers as the main advantage is to never have conflicts (there may be several records with the same name, but they always have a unique Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:353 -msgid "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1 who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:323 +msgid "Use :guilabel:`Country/External ID`: use *External ID* when importing data from a third-party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:326 +msgid "When *External IDs* are used, import :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files with the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column defining the *External ID* of each record that is imported. Then, a reference can be made to that record with columns, like `Field/External ID`. The following two :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files provide an example for products and their categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:331 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for categories `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:333 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Products `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:339 +msgid "Import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:341 +msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations, the records of the related object need to be imported first, from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:345 +msgid "This can be achieved by using either the name of the related record, or its ID, depending on the circumstances. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add `/ ID` at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: `Product Attributes / Attribute / ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:350 +msgid "Options for multiple matches on fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:352 +msgid "If, for example, there are two product categories with the child name `Sellable` (e.g. `Misc. Products/Sellable` & `Other Products/Sellable`), the validation is halted, but the data may still be imported. However, Odoo recommends that the data is not imported because it will all be linked to the first `Sellable` category found in the *Product Category* list (`Misc. Products/Sellable`). Odoo, instead, recommends modifying one of the duplicate's values, or the product category hierarchy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:359 -msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgid "However, if the company does not wish to change the configuration of product categories, Odoo recommends making use of the *External ID* for this field, 'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:363 +msgid "Import many2many relationship fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:366 -msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:365 +msgid "The tags should be separated by a comma, without any spacing. For example, if a customer needs to be linked to both tags: `Manufacturer` and `Retailer` then 'Manufacturer,Retailer' needs to be encoded in the same column of the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:369 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:372 -msgid "How to customize the file" +msgid "Import one2many relationships" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 -msgid "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why here below)." +msgid "If a company wants to import a sales order with several order lines, a specific row **must** be reserved in the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file for each order line. The first order line is imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines need an additional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:381 -msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the corresponding field using the search." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:379 +msgid "As an example, here is a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file of some quotations that can be imported, based on demo data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:382 +msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:385 +msgid "The following :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:388 -msgid "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:391 +msgid "The following :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:394 -msgid "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:397 -msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 -msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates;" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:398 +msgid "Import records several times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:400 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "If an imported file contains one of the columns: :guilabel:`External ID` or :guilabel:`Database ID`, records that have already been imported are modified, instead of being created. This is extremely useful as it allows users to import the same :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file several times, while having made some changes in between two imports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 -msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." +msgid "Odoo takes care of creating or modifying each record, depending if it is new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 -msgid "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:407 +msgid "This feature allows a company to use the *Import/Export tool* in Odoo to modify a batch of records in a spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:411 +msgid "Value not provided for a specific field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:413 +msgid "If all fields are not set in the CSV file, Odoo assigns the default value for every non-defined field. But, if fields are set with empty values in the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, Odoo sets the empty value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:418 +msgid "Export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:420 +msgid "If data needs to be imported from different tables, relations need to be recreated between records belonging to different tables. For instance, if companies and people are imported, the link between each person and the company they work for needs to be recreated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:424 +msgid "To manage relations between tables, use the `External ID` facilities of Odoo. The `External ID` of a record is the unique identifier of this record in another application. The `External ID` must be unique across all records of all objects. It is a good practice to prefix this `External ID` with the name of the application or table. (like, 'company_1', 'person_1' - instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:429 +msgid "As an example, suppose there is an SQL database with two tables that are to be imported: companies and people. Each person belongs to one company, so the link between a person and the company they work for must be recreated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:433 +msgid "Test this example, with a :download:`sample of a PostgreSQL database `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:436 +msgid "First, export all companies and their *External ID*. In PSQL, write the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:442 +msgid "This SQL command creates the following :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:451 +msgid "To create the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file for people linked to companies, use the following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:458 +msgid "It produces the following :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:468 +msgid "In this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (`company_1`), and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between people and companies is done using the *External ID* of the companies. The *External ID* is prefixed by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between people and companies (`person_1` and `company_1`, who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:474 +msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files, there are four contacts and three companies (the first two contacts are linked to the first company). Keep in mind to first import the companies, and then the people." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgid "In-app purchases (IAP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:5 -msgid "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by post directly from your database." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +msgid "In-app purchases (IAP) are optional services that enhance Odoo databases. Each service provides its own specific features and functionality. A full list of services is available on the `Odoo IAP Catalog `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:9 -msgid "Buying Credits" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +msgid "The IAP catalog with various services available on IAP.Odoo.com." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:11 -msgid "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +msgid "The :guilabel:`SMS` service sends text messages to contacts directly from the database, and the :guilabel:`Documents Digitization` service digitizes scanned or PDF vendor bills, expenses, and resumes with optical character recognition (OCR) and artificial intelligence (AI)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:19 -msgid "If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free credits to test our IAP features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:23 -msgid "IAP accounts" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:20 +msgid "|IAP| services do **not** need to be configured or set up before use. Odoo users can simply click on the service in the app to activate it. However, each service requires its own prepaid credits, and when they run out, users **must** :ref:`buy more ` in order to keep using it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgid "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test IAP features before deciding to purchase more credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:32 +msgid "IAP services" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:34 -msgid "An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. Reverting this change will re-enable the account." +msgid "|IAP| services are provided by Odoo, as well as third-parties, and have a wide range of uses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "The following |IAP| services are offered by Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:38 -msgid "IAP Portal" +msgid ":guilabel:`Documents Digitization`: digitizes scanned or PDF vendor bills, expenses, and resumes with OCR and AI." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:40 -msgid "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." +msgid ":guilabel:`Partner Autocomplete`: automatically populates contact records with corporate data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:48 -msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`SMS`: sends SMS text messages to contacts directly from the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:50 -msgid "To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by email!" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lead Generation`: generates leads based on a set of criteria, and converts web visitors into quality leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Snailmail`: sends customer invoices and follow-up reports by post, worldwide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signer identification with itsme®️`: ask document signatories in Odoo *Sign* to provide their identity using the *itsme®* identity platform, which is available in Belgium and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:49 +msgid "For more information on every service currently available (offered from developers other than Odoo), visit the `Odoo IAP Catalog `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:53 +msgid "Use IAP services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:55 +msgid "|IAP| services are automatically integrated with Odoo, and do **not** require users to configure any settings. To use a service, simply interact with it wherever it appears in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:59 +msgid "The following flow focuses on the *SMS* |IAP| service being used from a contact's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:61 +msgid "This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 SMS` icon within the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +msgid "The SMS icon on a typical contact information form located within an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:67 +msgid "One way to utilize the *SMS* |IAP| service with Odoo is showcased in the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:69 +msgid "First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts application`, and click on a contact with a mobile phone number entered in either the :guilabel:`Phone` or :guilabel:`Mobile` field of the contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:73 +msgid "Next, find the :guilabel:`📱 SMS` icon that appears to the right of the :guilabel:`Phone` or :guilabel:`Mobile` fields. Click the :guilabel:`📱 SMS` icon, and a :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:77 +msgid "Type a message in the :guilabel:`Message` field of the pop-up window. Then, click the :guilabel:`Send SMS` button. Odoo then sends the message, via SMS, to the contact, and logs what was sent in the *chatter* of the contact's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:81 +msgid "Upon sending the SMS message, the prepaid credits for the *SMS* |IAP| service are automatically deducted from the existing credits. If there are not enough credits to send the message, Odoo prompts the user to purchase more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:86 +msgid "For more information on how to use various |IAP| services, and for more in-depth instructions related to SMS functionality in Odoo, review the documentation below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Lead mining <../sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete <../sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`SMS essentials <../marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:97 +msgid "IAP credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:99 +msgid "Every time an |IAP| service is used, the prepaid credits for that service are spent. Odoo prompts the purchase of more credits when there are not enough credits left to continue using a service. Email alerts can also be set up for when :ref:`credits are low `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:103 +msgid "Credits are purchased in *Packs* from the `Odoo IAP Catalog `_, and pricing is specific to each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:107 +msgid "The `SMS service `_ has four packs available, in denominations of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Starter Pack`: 10 credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Standard Pack`: 100 credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced Pack`: 500 credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Expert Pack`: 1,000 credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +msgid "Four different packs of credits for the SMS IAP service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:119 +msgid "The number of credits consumed depends on the length of the SMS and the country of destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:121 +msgid "For more information, refer to the :doc:`SMS Pricing and FAQ <../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:127 +msgid "Buy credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:129 +msgid "If there are not enough credits to perform a task, the database automatically prompts the purchase of more credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:132 +msgid "Users can check the current balance of credits for each service, and manually purchase more credits, by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings app --> Contacts section`, and beneath the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` setting, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:136 +msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`My Services` page, listing the various |IAP| services in the database. From here, click an |IAP| service to open its :guilabel:`Account Information` page, where additional credits can be purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:141 +msgid "Manually buy credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:143 +msgid "To manually buy credits in Odoo, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:145 +msgid "First, go to the :menuselection:`Settings application` and type `IAP` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Alternatively users can scroll down to the :guilabel:`Contacts` section. Under the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, where it says :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +msgid "The Settings app showing the Odoo IAP heading and View My Services button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:154 +msgid "Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`IAP Account` page, listing the various |IAP| services in the database. From here, click an |IAP| service to open details about it; additional credits can be purchased from here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:158 +msgid "On the following page, click the :guilabel:`Buy Credit` button. Doing so loads a :guilabel:`Buy Credits for (IAP Account)` page in a new tab. From here, click :guilabel:`Buy` on the desired pack of credits. Then, follow the prompts to enter payment details, and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:-1 +msgid "The SMS service page on IAP.Odoo.com with four packs of credits available for purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:166 +msgid "Once the transaction is complete, the credits are available for use in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:171 +msgid "Low-credit notification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:173 +msgid "It is possible to be notified when credits are low, in order to avoid running out of credits, while using an |IAP| service. To do that, follow this process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:176 +msgid "Go to the :menuselection:`Settings application`, and type `IAP` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Under the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, where it says :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, click :guilabel:`View My Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:180 +msgid "The available |IAP| accounts appear in a list view on the :guilabel:`IAP Account` page. From here, click on the desired |IAP| account to view that service's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:183 +msgid "On the details page, tick the :guilabel:`Receive threshold warning` checkbox. Doing so reveals two fields on the form: :guilabel:`Warning Threshold` and :guilabel:`Contact Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:186 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Warning Threshold` field, enter an amount of credits Odoo should use as the minimum threshold for this service. In the :guilabel:`Contact Email` field, enter the email address that receives the notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:190 +msgid "Odoo sends a low-credit alert to the :guilabel:`Contact Email` when the balance of credits falls below the amount listed as the :guilabel:`Warning Threshold`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index b8103398e..9c19685eb 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -652,6 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the file uploaded, the **import widget** helps you set formatting options and **map** the different columns you want to import. You also can :guilabel:`test` the bank statement file before importing it to your database." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_statements.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_statements.rst:-1 msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" @@ -1843,6 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic.rst:160 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" @@ -3480,7 +3482,7 @@ msgid "A square of **15mm by 15mm** on the bottom left corner has to stay clear. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:39 -msgid "The postage area has to stay clear (click :download:`here ` to get more info about the area)." +msgid "The postage area has to stay clear (:download:`download the snailmail PDF template ` for more details)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:41 @@ -3501,12 +3503,7 @@ msgid "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Set msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 -msgid "If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:57 -msgid "Click `here `_ to know about our *Privacy Policy*." +msgid "`Odoo's IAP Privacy Policy `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 @@ -3889,6 +3886,8 @@ msgid "Avg Cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 @@ -3900,6 +3899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" msgstr "" @@ -3955,14 +3955,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 msgid "$12" msgstr "" @@ -4614,6 +4617,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:76 msgid "Equity" msgstr "" @@ -4629,6 +4633,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:80 msgid "Income" msgstr "" @@ -4637,6 +4642,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Other Income" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:84 msgid "Expense" msgstr "" @@ -4649,6 +4655,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:90 msgid "Other" msgstr "" @@ -6845,6 +6852,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic.rst:75 msgid "200" msgstr "" @@ -7004,6 +7012,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Service charges" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic.rst:168 msgid "280" msgstr "" @@ -8359,8 +8368,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Total" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 msgid "1,000" @@ -10099,6 +10111,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:74 +msgid "If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:78 msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_." msgstr "" @@ -10127,6 +10143,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable products in a default kanban view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:-1 msgid "Set expense costs on products." msgstr "" @@ -10334,6 +10351,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check an expense product's internal reference, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:-1 msgid "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" @@ -11167,6 +11185,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the localization modules are installed, the first step is to set up the company's data. In addition to the basic information, a key field to fill in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal obligation and structure of the company." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." msgstr "" @@ -12169,7 +12188,7 @@ msgid "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases host msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:21 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -14910,6 +14929,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Template" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "`400000`" msgstr "" @@ -14923,6 +14943,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`40`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 msgid "`40100000`" msgstr "" @@ -18619,9 +18640,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" @@ -19562,6 +19583,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" @@ -19626,6 +19648,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" @@ -20589,7 +20612,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/ogone.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`payment_acquirers/add_new`" msgstr "" @@ -20601,7 +20624,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`../payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" @@ -21439,117 +21462,125 @@ msgid "`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment s msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "`List of countries supported by Stripe `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:10 +msgid "`List of payment methods supported by Stripe `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:13 msgid "Link your Stripe Account with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:39 msgid "Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:42 msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:27 msgid "At the end of the process, you are redirected to Odoo. If you submitted all the requested information, you are all set and your payment acquirer is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:29 msgid "Your can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:32 msgid "To use your own API keys, :ref:`activate the Developer mode ` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually `. You can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials `, :ref:`generate a webhook ` and enable the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:43 msgid "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment acquirer **Stripe** on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:44 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:46 msgid "Enable the payment acquirer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:47 msgid "You are all set and can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:50 msgid "To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers --> Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:55 msgid "If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:61 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:63 msgid "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:66 msgid ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:67 msgid ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:68 msgid ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:71 msgid "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API keys `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys --> Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:78 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:80 msgid "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:84 msgid "Create the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:86 msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are filled in, then click on the *Generate your Webhook* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "Create the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on **Add endpoint** in your **Hosted endpoints** and insert the following data into the pop-up form:" msgstr "" @@ -21565,51 +21596,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:98 msgid "At the end of the form, you can **Select events** to listen to. Click on it and, in the **Checkout** section, select **checkout.session.completed**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:102 msgid "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:104 msgid "When you click on **Add endpoint**, your Webhook is configured. You can then click on **reveal** to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:110 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:115 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:117 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:120 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:121 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:123 msgid "To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you do not have anything to do." msgstr "" @@ -21617,11 +21648,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:132 msgid "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:134 msgid "If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and cannot be enabled." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 37bd83fd1..270870d81 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -294,15 +294,15 @@ msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:3 -msgid "Digest Emails" +msgid "Digest emails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:5 -msgid "**Digest Emails** are periodic snapshots sent to your organization via email that include high-level information about how your business is performing." +msgid "*Digest Emails* are periodic snapshots sent via email to users in an organization that include high-level information about how the business is performing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:8 -msgid "Navigate to Digest Emails by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Statistics`, then activate the **Digest Emails** feature and click on save." +msgid "To start sending digest emails, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, activate the :guilabel:`Digest Emails` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:-1 @@ -310,242 +310,447 @@ msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:15 -msgid "You can control a variety of settings for your Digest Emails, such as:" +msgid "A variety of settings can be configured for digest emails, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:17 -msgid "which KPIs are shared in the Digest" +msgid "Deciding which :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are shared in the digest emails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:18 -msgid "how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgid "Determining how often digest emails are sent" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:19 -msgid "who in your organization receives Digest Emails" +msgid "Choosing who in the organization receives digest emails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:20 -msgid "creating custom Digest Email templates" +msgid "Creating custom digest email templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:21 -msgid "adding additional KPIs (Studio required)" +msgid "Adding additional :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` (*Studio* app required)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:24 -msgid "By default, Digest Email is *enabled*, and *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* serves as the primary template, which includes all KPI measurements across your Odoo database and is sent daily to administrators." +msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Digest Email` feature is enabled. :guilabel:`Your Odoo Periodic Digest` serves as the primary template, which includes all :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` measurements across the Odoo database, and is sent daily to administrators." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:31 -msgid "Customize *Your Odoo Periodic Digest*" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:29 +msgid "When creating duplicates of databases that have sending capabilities (not testing-mode), the digest emails continue to send from the duplicate database, unless deactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:33 -msgid "To customize the default Digest Email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Statistics --> Digest Email`, select *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* and click on the *external link* next to the dropdown selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:37 -msgid "A popup window appears and presents a variety of editable settings, which include:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:32 +msgid "To deactivate the digest email, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistics section`. Then, deactivate the :guilabel:`Digest Emails` feature, by un-ticking the checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/deactivate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:39 -msgid "**Digest Title** - what you want your Digest Email to be called" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:40 -msgid "**Periodicity** - control the regimen in how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgid "Customize default digest email" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:41 -msgid "**KPIs** - check/uncheck each calculated KPI that appears in Digest Emails" +msgid "To customize the default digest email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section --> Digest Email field`. Then, select :guilabel:`Your Odoo Periodic Digest`, and click on the :guilabel:`↗️ (External link)` icon, next to the drop-down menu selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:42 -msgid "**Recipients** - add/remove users who receive your Digest Emails" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:45 +msgid "A pop-up window appears, and presents a variety of editable settings, which include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:43 -msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Digest Name`: the name of the digest email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:180 +msgid ":guilabel:`Periodicity`: control how often digest emails are sent (:guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, or :guilabel:`Quarterly`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Next Send Date`: the date on which the digest email will be sent again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:183 +msgid ":guilabel:`KPIs` tab: check/uncheck each calculated :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` that appears in digest emails. A ticked box indicates an active :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` in the digest email. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/kpis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recipients` tab: add/remove users who receive the digest emails. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/recipients`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:58 +msgid "The :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` can be customized using Odoo *Studio*. Additional costs to the database subscription are incurred should *Studio* need to be installed. See this section on :ref:`digest-emails/custom-kpi`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:-1 msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:52 -msgid "Custom digest emails" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:69 +msgid "Deactivate digest email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:54 -msgid "To do so, click on **Configure Digest Emails** and then **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:56 -msgid "From there, give your Digest Email a title, specify periodicity, and choose your desired KPIs and recipients fields as needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:59 -msgid "After you click **Save**, your new custom Digest Email is available as a selection in the **General Settings** dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:65 -msgid "Custom KPIs with Studio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:67 -msgid "For either *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* or your own custom Digest Email, you can add your own KPIs by using Odoo Studio." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:70 -msgid "To begin, click the **Toggle Studio** icon or click the **Recipients** tab and then the ellipses :menuselection:`… icon --> Add Custom Field` to edit the template or add additional fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:73 -msgid "In order to create additional fields, you must create two fields on the digest object:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:71 +msgid "To manually deactivate an individual digest email, first navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email from the list that should be deactivated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:75 -msgid "create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield` and display it in the KPIs tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:76 -msgid "create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes your customized KPI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:77 -msgid "select your KPI(s) in the KPIs tab." +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`DEACTIVATE FOR EVERYONE` to deactivate the digest email for everyone, or :guilabel:`UNSUBSCRIBE ME` to remove the logged in user from the mailing list. These buttons are located in the top menu, just above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:80 +msgid "Manually send digest email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:82 +msgid "To manually send a digest email, first navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email, and click :guilabel:`SEND NOW`. This button is located in the top menu, just above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:90 +msgid "KPIs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:92 +msgid "Pre-configured :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` can be added to the digest email from the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab of the digest email template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:98 +msgid "Then, select the desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:100 +msgid "To add a :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` to the digest email, tick the checkbox next to the desired :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)`. After all :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are added (or deselected), click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:104 +msgid "The following :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are available in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab on a digest email template form out-of-box in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:-1 +msgid "KPIs listed in the out-of-box digest email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`General`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Connected Users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Messages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Open Tasks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`CRM`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads/Opportunities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Opportunities Won`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`All Sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`eCommerce Sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`POS Sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:135 +msgid ":guilabel:`Live Chat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:133 +msgid ":guilabel:`% of Happiness`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:134 +msgid ":guilabel:`Conversations handled`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:135 +msgid ":guilabel:`Time to answer (sec)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:138 +msgid ":guilabel:`Helpdesk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:138 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tickets Closed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:141 +msgid ":guilabel:`Revenue`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Banks and Cash Moves`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:147 +msgid "Recipients" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:149 +msgid "Digest email recipients are added from the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab of the digest email template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:152 +msgid "To add a recipient, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:156 +msgid "To add a recipient, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and an :guilabel:`Add Recipients` pop-up window appears, with all available users to add as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:159 +msgid "From the pop-up window, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Name` of the user(s), and click the :guilabel:`Select` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:162 +msgid "To remove a user as a recipient, click the :guilabel:`❌ (remove)` icon to the far-right of the user listed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:165 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:170 +msgid "Create digest emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:172 +msgid "To create a new digest email, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new digest email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:176 +msgid "A separate page, with a blank digest email template appears, and presents a variety of editable settings, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:189 +msgid "From there, give the digest email a :guilabel:`Digest Name`, specify :guilabel:`Periodicity`, choose the desired :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)`, and add :guilabel:`Recipients`, as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:193 +msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Save`, the new custom digest email is available as a selection in the :guilabel:`Digest Email` field, located in the :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:199 +msgid "Custom KPIs with Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:201 +msgid "The :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` on a digest email template form, in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab, can be customized using Odoo *Studio*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:205 +msgid "Additional costs to the database subscription are incurred, should Odoo *Studio* need to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:208 +msgid "To begin, click the :guilabel:`🛠️ (tools)` icon in the top-right of the screen. This is the link to the Odoo *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:211 +msgid "In order to create additional fields, create two fields on the digest object:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:213 +msgid "Create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield`, and display it in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:214 +msgid "Create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes the customized :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:216 +msgid "Select the :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:219 +msgid "Here is the `source code `_ for the `digest.py` file, which guides the programmer in the coding of the computed field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:224 +msgid "Users can also click the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab, and then the vertical three-dot :guilabel:`(kebab)` menu to edit this view. Either click :guilabel:`EDIT LIST VIEW` or :guilabel:`EDIT FORM VIEW` to modify this tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:229 msgid "Computed values reference table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:232 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:232 msgid "VALUE" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:234 msgid "Connected Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:234 msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:236 msgid "Messages Sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:236 msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:238 msgid "New Leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:238 msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:240 msgid "Opportunities Won" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:240 msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:242 msgid "Open Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:242 msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:244 msgid "Tickets Closed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:244 msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:246 msgid "% of Happiness" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:246 msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:248 msgid "Conversations handled" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:248 msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:250 msgid "Time to answer (sec)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:250 msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:252 msgid "All Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:252 msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:254 msgid "eCommerce Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:254 msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:256 msgid "Revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:256 msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:258 msgid "Bank & Cash Moves" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:258 msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:260 msgid "POS Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:260 msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:262 msgid "New Employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:262 msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`" msgstr "" @@ -1287,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/pos.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:604 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" @@ -2389,17 +2594,18 @@ msgid "Enter Google Credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:116 -msgid "First, open Odoo and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." +msgid "First, open Odoo, and navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` module. Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and type in `Gmail`. Install the modules called :guilabel:`Google Gmail` and :guilabel:`Fetchmail Gmail`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:120 -msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` or :guilabel:`External Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials` or :guilabel:`Use a Gmail Sever`. Then, copy and paste the respective values into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." +msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> General Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` or :guilabel:`External Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials` or :guilabel:`Use a Gmail Sever`. Then, copy and paste the respective values into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:129 msgid "To configure the external Gmail account, return to the top of the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -2904,6 +3110,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Integrations` section, activate :guilabel:`Mail Plugin`, and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." msgstr "" @@ -2918,6 +3125,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click on any email in the inbox. Click :guilabel:`Authorize Access` in the plugin window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:-1 msgid "The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." msgstr "" @@ -3032,7 +3240,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "More actions button in Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:39 +msgid "For locally installed versions of Microsoft Outlook, access the :guilabel:`Get Add-ins` menu item while in preview mode (**not** with a message open). First, click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipsis)` icon in the upper right of the previewed message, then scroll down, and click on :guilabel:`Get Add-ins`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:44 msgid "Following this step, select the :guilabel:`My add-ins` tab on the left-side." msgstr "" @@ -3040,7 +3252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "My add-ins in Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:50 msgid "Under :guilabel:`Custom add-ins` towards the bottom, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a custom add-in`, and then on :guilabel:`Add from file...`" msgstr "" @@ -3048,7 +3260,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom add-ins in Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:57 msgid "For the next step, attach the `manifest.xml` file downloaded above, and press :guilabel:`OK`. Next, read the warning and click on :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" @@ -3056,11 +3268,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom add-in installation warning in Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:67 msgid "Connect the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:69 msgid "Now, Outlook will be connected to the Odoo database. First, open any email in the Outlook mailbox, click on the :guilabel:`More actions` button in the upper right-side, and select :guilabel:`Odoo for Outlook`." msgstr "" @@ -3068,7 +3280,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo for Outlook add-in button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:77 msgid "The right-side panel can now display **Company Insights**. At the bottom, click on :guilabel:`Login`." msgstr "" @@ -3076,27 +3288,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Logging in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:85 msgid "Only a limited amount of **Company Insights** (*Lead Enrichment*) requests are available as a trial database. This feature requires :ref:`prepaid credits `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:89 msgid "If, after a short while, the panel is still empty, it is possible that the browser cookie settings prevented it from loading. Note that these settings also change if the browser is in \"Incognito\" mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:93 msgid "To fix this issue, configure the browser to always allow cookies on Odoo's plugin page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:95 msgid "For Google Chrome, change the browser cookie settings by following the guide at: `https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647 `_ and adding `download.odoo.com` to the list of :guilabel:`Sites that can always use cookies`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:100 msgid "Once this is complete, the Outlook panel needs to be opened again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:102 msgid "Now, enter the Odoo database URL and click on :guilabel:`Login`." msgstr "" @@ -3104,7 +3316,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Entering the Odoo database URL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:108 msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Allow` to open the pop-up window." msgstr "" @@ -3112,7 +3324,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New window pop-up warning" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:114 msgid "If the user isn't logged into the database, enter the credentials. Click on :guilabel:`Allow` to let the Outlook Plugin connect to the database." msgstr "" @@ -3120,15 +3332,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allowing the Outlook Plugin to connect to a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:124 msgid "Add a shortcut to the plugin" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:126 msgid "By default, the Outlook Plugin can be opened from the *More actions* menu. However, to save time, it's possible to add it next to the other default actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:129 msgid "In the Outlook mailbox, click on :guilabel:`Settings`, then on :guilabel:`View all Outlook settings`." msgstr "" @@ -3136,23 +3348,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing all Outlook settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:136 msgid "Now, select :guilabel:`Customize actions` under :guilabel:`Mail`, click on :guilabel:`Odoo for Outlook`, and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:-1 msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:143 msgid "Following this step, open any email; the shortcut should be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:150 msgid "Using the plugin" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:152 msgid "Now that the plug-in is installed and operational, all that needs to be done to create a lead is to click on the `O` [Odoo icon] or navigate to :guilabel:`More actions` and click on :guilabel:`Odoo for Outlook`. The side panel will appear on the right-side, and under :guilabel:`Opportunities` click on :guilabel:`New`. A new window with the created opportunity in the Odoo database will populate." msgstr "" @@ -3261,7 +3474,7 @@ msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/connect.rst:38 -msgid "The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with the most up-to-date disk image." +msgid "The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :ref:`flashed ` with the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/connect.rst:46 @@ -3392,86 +3605,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing the SD card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 -msgid "In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 -msgid "Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on :guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 -msgid "If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of the previous configurations will be saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 -msgid "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:-1 -msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 -msgid "A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-flash the micro SD card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 -msgid "Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher `_. It's a free and open-source utility used for burning image files onto drives. Click to `download `_. Install and launch the program on the computer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 -msgid "Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image from `nightly `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 -msgid "The following are image versions on the `nightly `_ website with their corresponding Odoo database version:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 -msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 -msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 -msgid "The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 -msgid "After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select :guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:-1 -msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 -msgid "An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here `_." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" msgstr "" @@ -3839,7 +3972,7 @@ msgid "Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:560 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -3848,7 +3981,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:508 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -3857,7 +3990,7 @@ msgid "In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes wi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/pos.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:571 msgid "Scale" msgstr "" @@ -3926,11 +4059,11 @@ msgid "The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Th msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 -msgid "The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card `)." +msgid "The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box needs to be re-flashed to update the image (see :ref:`Flashing the SD Card `)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 -msgid "If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." +msgid "If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 @@ -4350,42 +4483,194 @@ msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35 msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:347 -msgid "The Zebra printer does not print anything" +msgid "DYMO LabelWriter print issue" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:349 -msgid "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for the corresponding template." +msgid "The DYMO LabelWriter has a known issue in printing with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. The OpenPrinting CUPS server installs the printer using :guilabel:`Local RAW Printer` drivers. In order to print anything, the correct :guilabel:`Make and Model` needs to be set, so the correct driver is referenced when using the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:356 -msgid "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)` files `here `_." +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:354 +msgid "Additionally, a new printer needs to be added to reduce a print delay that occurs after updating the driver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:363 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner do not match the barcode" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:358 +msgid "The DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO printer is the recommended DYMO printer for use with Odoo and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. It **must** already be connected to, and recognized on, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:365 -msgid "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select the correct format." +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 +msgid "The DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO printer contains two printers in one: a label printer and a tape printer. Choosing the correct model (either DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label (en) or DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Tape (en)) is crucial when configuring the following processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:370 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:366 +msgid "To keep things consistent, both of the following processes detail the configuration for the DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label (en) model. Change the model when needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:372 +msgid "DYMO LabelWriter not printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:374 +msgid "In the case where the DYMO LabelWriter is not printing anything, a new driver needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:376 +msgid "First, open the OpenPrinting CUPS console by clicking :menuselection:`Printers server` at the bottom of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Next, click on :menuselection:`Printers` in the top menu. Click into the printer in question, and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the first drop-down menu. Then, select :guilabel:`Modify Printer` in the second drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Modify the make and model of the DYMO LabelWriter. Maintenance and Modify drop-down menus\n" +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:386 +msgid "Next, select the specific network connection/printer that the modification should be made on. Click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Printer selection screen with Continue highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:393 +msgid "On the next page, click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed to set the :guilabel:`Make` of the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Printer modification screen with Continue highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:399 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`Make` select :guilabel:`DYMO` from the menu. Click on :guilabel:`Continue` to set the :guilabel:`Model`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Setting the make page, with DYMO and continue highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:406 +msgid "On the following page, set the :guilabel:`Model` to :guilabel:`DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label (en)` (or whichever DYMO printer model is being used). Click on :guilabel:`Modify Printer` to complete setting the new driver, a confirmation page will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Setting the printer model page with DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label (en) highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:414 +msgid "After being redirected to a confirmation page, acknowledging a successful update, click on the :menuselection:`Printers` button in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:417 +msgid "All the printers installed on the OpenPrinting CUPS server appear, including the newly updated: :guilabel:`DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label` (or whichever DYMO printer model is being used). Click into the printer that was just updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:421 +msgid "To print a test label, click on the :guilabel:`Maintenance` drop-down menu to the left of the :guilabel:`Administration` drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Print Test Page`. The test label will print out with a ten-second delay if the driver update was successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Printing a test page from the administration drop-down menu in the OpenPrinting CUPs\n" +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:430 +msgid "To reduce this delay a new printer will need to be added, follow the process below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:433 +msgid "DYMO LabelWriter print delay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:435 +msgid "To resolve the delay issue after modifying the driver, the printer **must** be reinstalled. To reinstall the printer, open the OpenPrinting CUPS administration page by clicking :menuselection:`Printers server`, at the bottom of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Then, click on :menuselection:`Administration` in the top menu, then click :guilabel:`Add a Printer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:442 +msgid "If the DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO printer is not printing at all, or is not recognizable (has a RAW driver type), then update the drivers on the device. See :ref:`troubleshooting/dymo/update_drivers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Add a printer button highlighted on the Printer CUPS management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:450 +msgid "On the next screen, in the :guilabel:`Local Printers` section, select the :guilabel:`DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label (DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label)` (or whichever DYMO printer model is being used) pre-installed printer. Click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Add a printer screen on OpenPrinting CUPS with DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:458 +msgid "On the following screen, modify the :guilabel:`Name` to something recognizable, as the original printer will still be present. Click :guilabel:`Continue` to be taken to the next screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Rename printer page in the 'Add a Printer' flow, with the name field highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:465 +msgid "Next, choose the :guilabel:`Model`. Select :guilabel:`DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label (en)` (or whichever DYMO printer model is being used), and finally, click :guilabel:`Add Printer` to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Choose model screen on the OpenPrinting CUPS console with model and add a printer\n" +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:474 +msgid "After being redirected to a confirmation page, acknowledging a successful installation, click on the :menuselection:`Printers` button in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:477 +msgid "All the printers installed on the OpenPrinting CUPS server appear, including the newly installed: :guilabel:`DYMO LabelWriter 450 DUO Label` (or whichever DYMO printer model is being used). Click into the printer that was just installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:-1 +msgid "Printer page with newly installed printer highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:485 +msgid "To print a test label, click on the :guilabel:`Maintenance` drop-down menu to the left of the :guilabel:`Administration` drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Print Test Page`. The test label should print out immediately (one-to-two seconds delay)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:495 +msgid "The Zebra printer does not print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:497 +msgid "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:504 +msgid "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:511 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner do not match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:513 +msgid "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select the correct format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:518 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:520 msgid "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER` character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:526 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:529 msgid "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:532 msgid "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" @@ -4393,15 +4678,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:540 msgid "Barcode scanner processes barcode characters individually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:542 msgid "When accessing the mobile version of Odoo from a mobile device, or tablet, paired with a barcode scanner, via the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, the scanner may process each barcode character as an individual scan. In this case, the *Keyboard Layout* option **must** be filled out with the appropriate language of the barcode scanner on the *Barcode Scanner* form page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:548 msgid "Access the barcode scanner form page by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Scanner`." msgstr "" @@ -4409,43 +4694,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Barcode scanner form page, with keyboard layout option highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:555 msgid "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` is language based, and the options available vary, depending on the device and the language of the database. For example: :guilabel:`English (UK)`, :guilabel:`English (US)`, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:563 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:565 msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer checkbox`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:573 msgid "Scales play a crucial role in the checkout process, especially for products sold by weight, rather than fixed pricing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:577 msgid "Set up Ariva S scales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:579 msgid "Odoo has determined that a specific setting in Ariva S series scales (manufactured by Mettler-Toledo, LLC.) needs modification, and a dedicated Mettler :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`-to-proprietary RJ45 cable is required for the scale to function with Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:584 msgid "To correctly configure the scale for recognition by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, follow this setup process for the Ariva S series scales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:588 msgid "It is crucial to use the official Mettler :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`-to-RJ45 cable during this process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:592 msgid "Cable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:594 msgid "The Mettler part number is 72256236 - :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`-to-:abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` cable. Contact Mettler, or a partner, to purchase an authentic cable. Note that **no other** cable outside of this Mettler cable works for this configuration. Using a serial-only cable attached to a serial-to-:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter is **not** effective." msgstr "" @@ -4453,46 +4738,182 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authentic Mettler USB to POS cable, part number 72256236." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:606 msgid "Refer to Mettler's Setup Guide for Ariva S series scales during the following configuration: `Ariva Checkout Scale User's Guide `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:609 msgid "To begin, go to page 17 in the above manual for *Setup*. This guide lists potential settings for the Ariva S series scales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:612 msgid "Follow the instructions, along with the following process, to set the scale to setup mode. First, hold the **>T<** button for eight seconds, or until :guilabel:`CONF` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:615 msgid "Next, press **>T<** until :guilabel:`GRP 3` appears, then press **>0<** to confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:617 msgid "Under :guilabel:`3.1`, ensure the setting is set to :guilabel:`1` (USB Virtual COM ports). Press **>T<** to cycle through the options under group 3.1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:620 msgid "Once :guilabel:`3.1` is set to :guilabel:`1`, press **>0<** to confirm the selection. Continue to press **>0<** until :guilabel:`GRP 4` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:623 msgid "Now, press **>T<** until :guilabel:`EXIT` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:626 msgid "Do **not** make any other changes unless otherwise needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:480 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:628 msgid "Once :guilabel:`EXIT` appears, press **>0<**. Following this, press **>0<** again to :guilabel:`SAVE`. Now the scale restarts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:631 msgid "Finally, restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to recognize the changes made on the scale's configuration. After restarting, the scale appears as `Toledo 8217`, as opposed to the previous display, where it appeared as `Adam Equipment Serial`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Updating (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:5 +msgid "Due to the complexity of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, and virtual Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, the term 'updating' can mean several different things." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:8 +msgid "The actual drivers can be updated, the core code on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be updated, or a new image can be flashed (using a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:11 +msgid "This document explores the various ways to update :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` boxes to ensure smooth operation of :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box processes and devices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:17 +msgid "Flashing the SD card on IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:20 +msgid "This update does **not** apply to the Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (Odoo 16 and higher)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:23 +msgid "To update the Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`, first, uninstall the previous version of the Odoo Windows program, and then reinstall it using the most up-to-date installation package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:26 +msgid "To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 (or higher) installation package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition, at `Odoo's download page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:30 +msgid "In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD Card may need to be re-flashed with *Etcher* software to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image update. This means the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated in instances of a new :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, or when a handler's update, or an update from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, does not resolve issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:38 +msgid "It is often necessary to re-flash the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's image after upgrading the Odoo database to a new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:40 +msgid "A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is **required** to re-flash the micro SD card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:42 +msgid "First, begin by downloading `Etcher `_. It is a free, open-source utility, used for burning image files onto drives. After the download completes, install and launch the program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:46 +msgid "Then, download the latest :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image from `nightly `_, which will be labeled as `iotbox-latest.zip`. This particular image is compatible with *all* supported versions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:50 +msgid "After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher*, and select :guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the `iotbox-latest.zip` image and extract it. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Flash`, and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:61 +msgid "Balena's *Etcher* software also allows for the administrator to flash the :abbr:`SD (Secure Digital)` card from a :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`. To flash from a :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`, simply click :guilabel:`Flash from URL`, instead of :guilabel:`Flash from file`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:66 +msgid "Then, enter the following: `http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/iotbox-latest.zip`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:0 +msgid "A view of Balena's Etcher software, with the flash from URL option highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:73 +msgid "An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is `Raspberry Pi Imager `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:79 +msgid "Update from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:81 +msgid "In the background, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box uses a version of Odoo code to run and connect to the Odoo database. This code may need to be updated in order for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to operate effectively. This operation should be completed on a routine basis, to ensure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` system, and its processes, stay up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:86 +msgid "Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then, click on :guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:90 +msgid "If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button appears at the bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit, at which point the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box flashes itself to the newer version. All of the previous configurations are then saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:96 +msgid "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do **not** turn off, or unplug, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, as it would leave it in an inconsistent state. This means the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box needs to be :ref:`re-flashed ` with a new image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:106 +msgid "Handler (driver) update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:108 +msgid "There may be some instances where drivers or interfaces need to be updated for individual devices (e.g. scales, measurement tools, etc.). The IoT handler's (drivers and interfaces) code can be modified by syncing them with the configured server handler's code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:112 +msgid "This can be helpful in instances where :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices (e.g. scales, measurement tools, etc.) are not working properly with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:115 +msgid "For both the Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` (Odoo 16 and higher) and physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, this process can be performed manually from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page. Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:121 +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Handlers list`, and then select :guilabel:`Load Handlers` at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:-1 +msgid "Handlers list on an IoT box with the load handlers button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:129 +msgid "Handler's code is fetched from the configured server, and it needs to be up-to-date to have the latest fixes and patches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:133 +msgid "A handler update is also performed automatically each time the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is restarted. The only exception to this process is if the *Automatic drivers update* is unchecked in the form view of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on the Odoo server. This setting can be reached by going to :menuselection:`IoT App --> Select the IoT box --> Automatic drivers update`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "" @@ -4508,7 +4929,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" @@ -4841,15 +5262,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated based on weight." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +msgid "In EU member states, `certification is legally required `_ to use a scale as an integrated device." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "Odoo is not certified in several countries, including France, Germany, and Switzerland. If you reside in one of these countries, you can still use a scale but without integration to your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 +msgid "Alternatively, you have the option to acquire a *non-integrated* certified scale that prints certified labels, which can then be scanned into your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:19 +msgid "`Directive 2014/31/EU of the European Parliament `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 msgid "To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:28 msgid "In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter may be needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:30 msgid "If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box `_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is connected." msgstr "" @@ -4857,7 +5294,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:37 msgid "The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load Drivers`." msgstr "" @@ -4865,19 +5302,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:46 msgid "If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:51 msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:53 msgid "To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:57 msgid "Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" @@ -4885,7 +5322,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:64 msgid "The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the :guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" @@ -4962,7 +5399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware screen connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" @@ -5012,11 +5449,12 @@ msgid "Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Device msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 msgid "Users" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 -msgid "Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgid "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database. An administrator can add as many users as the company needs and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied to each user. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:12 @@ -5027,151 +5465,247 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`users/access_rights`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:18 -msgid "Add individual users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`access-rights/superuser`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:15 +msgid ":ref:`access-rights/groups`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:20 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:22 +msgid "To add new users, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users section --> Manage Users`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:28 -msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access Rights ` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:29 +msgid "Fill in the form with all the required information. Under the :doc:`Access Rights ` tab, choose the group within each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:32 msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" +msgid "View of a user's form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:34 -msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:38 +msgid "After filling out all the necessary fields on the page, click :guilabel:`Save`. An invitation email is automatically sent to the user, using the email in the :guilabel:`Email Address` field. The user must click on the link included in the email to accept the invitation, and to create a database login." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been sent in Odoo" +msgid "View of a user's form with a notification that the invitation email has been sent in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:41 -msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page `_ for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:48 +msgid "If the company is on a monthly subscription plan, the database automatically updates to reflect the added users. If the company is on a yearly or multi-year plan, an expiration banner appears in the database. An upsell quotation can be created by clicking the banner to update the subscription. Alternatively, `send a support ticket `_ to resolve the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:45 -msgid "With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can be selected." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:55 +msgid "User type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:57 +msgid "With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, :guilabel:`User Type` can be selected from the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of the user form, accessible via :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users section --> Manage Users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:61 +msgid "There are three types of users: :guilabel:`Internal User`, :guilabel:`Portal`, and :guilabel:`Public`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:51 -msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:58 -msgid "Deactivate users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:60 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:64 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)." +msgid "View of a user's form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:69 -msgid "Passwords management" +msgid "Users are considered internal database users. Portal users are external users, who only have access to the database portal to view records. See the documentation on :doc:`users/portal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:72 +msgid "Public users are those visiting websites, via the website's frontend." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:74 -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:79 -msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgid "The :guilabel:`Portal` and :guilabel:`Public` user options do **not** allow the administrator to choose access rights. These users have specific access rights pre-set (such as, record rules and restricted menus), and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:81 -msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgid "Deactivate users" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:83 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate **Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgid "To deactivate (i.e. archive) a user, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users section --> Manage Users`. Then, tick the checkbox to the left of the user(s) to be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:86 +msgid "After selecting the appropriate user to be archived, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ Actions` icon, and select :guilabel:`Archive` from the resulting drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`OK` from the :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:91 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main/administrator user (admin). Making changes to admin users can have a detrimental impact on the database. This includes *impotent admin*, which means that no user in the database can make changes to the access rights. For this reason, Odoo recommends contacting an Odoo Business Analyst, or our Support Team, before making changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:97 +msgid "Error: too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:99 +msgid "If there are more users in an Odoo database than provisioned in the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the following message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +msgid "Too many users on a database error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:106 +msgid "When the message appears, the database administrator has 30 days to act before the database expires. The countdown is updated every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:109 +msgid "To resolve the issue, either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:111 +msgid "Add more users to the subscription by clicking the :guilabel:`Upgrade your subscription` link displayed in the message to validate the upsell quotation, and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:113 +msgid ":ref:`Deactivate users `, and reject the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:116 +msgid "If the company is on a monthly subscription plan, the database automatically updates to reflect the added users. If the company is on a yearly or multi-year plan, an expiration banner appears in the database. An upsell quotation can be created by clicking the banner to update the subscription. Alternatively, users can `send a support ticket `_ to resolve the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:122 +msgid "Once the database has the correct number of users, the expiration message disappears automatically after a few days, when the next verification occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:128 +msgid "Password management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:130 +msgid "Password management is an important part of granting users autonomous access to the database at all times. Odoo offers a few different methods to reset a user's password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:134 +msgid "Odoo has a setting to specify the length needed for a password. This setting can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Permissions` section, and entering the desired password length in the :guilabel:`Minimum Password Length` field. By default the value is `8`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +msgid "Minimum Password Length highlighted in the Permissions section of General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:145 +msgid "Reset password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:147 +msgid "Sometimes, users might wish to reset their personal password for added security, so they are the only ones with access to the password. Odoo offers two different reset options: one initiated by the user to reset the password, and another where the administrator triggers a reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:154 +msgid "Enable password reset from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:156 +msgid "It is possible to enable/disable password resets directly from the login page. This action is completed by the individual user, and this setting is enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:159 +msgid "To change this setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Permissions` section, activate :guilabel:`Password Reset`, and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:91 -msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:166 +msgid "On the login page, click :guilabel:`Reset Password` to initiate the password reset process, and have a reset-token sent to the email on file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:93 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 +msgid "Login screen on Odoo.com with the password reset option highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:98 -msgid "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:176 +msgid "Send reset instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:178 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user from the list, and click on :guilabel:`Send Password Reset Instructions` on the user form. An email is automatically sent to them with password reset instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:183 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Send Password Reset Instructions` button **only** appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user. Otherwise, a :guilabel:`Re-send Invitation Email` button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:187 msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" +msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:110 -msgid "Change users’ passwords" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:197 +msgid "Change user password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:112 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change Password*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:199 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Users`, and select a user to access its form. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Actions` icon, and select :guilabel:`Change Password` from, the resulting drop-down menu. Enter a new password in the :guilabel:`New Password` column of the :guilabel:`Change Password` pop-up window that appears, and confirm the change by clicking :guilabel:`Change Password`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 -msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" +msgid "Change a user's password on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:118 -msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:210 +msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally, and does **not** affect their odoo.com account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:121 -msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:213 +msgid "If the odoo.com password needs to be changed, use the :ref:`send the password reset instructions `. Odoo.com passwords grant access to the *My Databases* page, and other portal features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:125 -msgid "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:217 +msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Change Password`, the page is redirected to an Odoo login page where the database can be re-accessed using the new password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:223 msgid "Multi Companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:133 -msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:225 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Multi Companies` field on a user form allows an administrator to provide access to multiple companies for existing users. To configure a multi-company environment for a user, navigate to the desired user by going to: :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users section --> Manage users`. Then, select the user to open their user form, and configure with multi-company access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:137 -msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this ` documentation." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:230 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`Multi Companies` in the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab, set the fields labeled :guilabel:`Allowed Companies` and :guilabel:`Default Company`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:233 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Allowed Companies` field can contain multiple companies. These are the companies the user can access and edit, according to the set access rights. The :guilabel:`Default Company` is the company the user defaults to, upon logging in each time. This field can contain only **one** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:239 +msgid "If multi-company access is not configured correctly, it could lead to inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Because of this, only experienced Odoo users should make access rights changes to users for databases with a multi-company configuration. For technical explanations, refer to the developer documentation on :doc:`../../../developer/howtos/company`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" +msgid "View of a user's form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:249 msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" @@ -5276,87 +5810,235 @@ msgid "Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo Administ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 -msgid "Access Rights" +msgid "Access rights" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:5 -msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgid "*Access rights* are permissions that determine the content and applications users can access and edit. In Odoo, these permissions can be set for individual users or for groups of users. Limiting permissions to only those who need them ensures that users do not modify or delete anything they should not have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 -msgid "Groups" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:10 +msgid "**Only** an *administrator* can change access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14 -msgid "When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights `, details of the rules and inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an application." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:13 +msgid "Making changes to access rights can have a detrimental impact on the database. This includes *impotent admin*, which means that no user in the database can make changes to the access rights. For this reason, Odoo recommends contacting an Odoo Business Analyst, or our Support Team, before making changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:16 -msgid "Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:19 +msgid "A user **must** have the specific *Administration* access rights set on their user profile, in order to make changes on another user's settings for access rights." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 -msgid "*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to *Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgid "To access this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage users --> select a user --> Access Rights tab --> Administration section --> Administration field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:25 +msgid "Once at the setting, an already existing administrator **must** change the setting in the :guilabel:`Administration` field to :guilabel:`Access Rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:28 +msgid "Once complete, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, and implement the user as an administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:34 +msgid "The access rights for :ref:`individual users ` are set when the user is added to the database, but they can be adjusted at any point in the user's profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:37 +msgid "To make changes to a user's rights, click on the desired user to edit their profile." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" +msgid "Users menu in the Users & Companies section of the Settings app of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 -msgid "Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:35 -msgid "The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 -msgid "*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:45 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:43 +msgid "On the user's profile page, in the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab, scroll down to view the current permissions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:46 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgid "For each app, use the drop-down menu to select what level of permission this user should have. The options vary for each section, yet the most common are: :guilabel:`Blank/None`, :guilabel:`User: Own Documents`, :guilabel:`User: All Documents`, or :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:47 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:48 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:50 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Administration` field in the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab has the following options: :guilabel:`Settings` or :guilabel:`Access Rights`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" +msgid "The Sales apps drop-down menu to set the user's level of permissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 -msgid "As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:60 +msgid "Create and modify groups" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:58 -msgid "A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, *Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:62 +msgid "*Groups* are app-specific sets of permissions that are used to manage common access rights for a large amount of users. Administrators can modify the existing groups in Odoo, or create new ones to define rules for models within an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:66 +msgid "To access groups, first activate Odoo's :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" +msgid "Groups menu in the Users & Companies section of the Settings app of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 -msgid "Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:73 +msgid "To create a new group from the :guilabel:`Groups` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, from the blank group form, select an :guilabel:`Application`, and complete the group form (detailed below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:76 +msgid "To modify existing groups, click on an existing group from the list displayed on the :guilabel:`Groups` page, and edit the contents of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:79 +msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the group and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Share Group`, if this group was created to set access rights for sharing data with some users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:83 +msgid "Always test the settings being changed to ensure they are being applied to the correct users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:85 +msgid "The group form contains multiple tabs for managing all elements of the group. In each tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new row for users or rules, and click the :guilabel:`❌ (remove)` icon to remove a row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:-1 +msgid "Tabs in the Groups form to modify the settings of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Users` tab: lists the current users in the group. Users listed in black have administrative rights. Users without administrative access appear in blue. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add users to this group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inherited` tab: inherited means that users added to this group are automatically added to the groups listed on this tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add inherited groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:100 +msgid "For example, if the group *Sales/Administrator* lists the group *Website/Restricted Editor* in its :guilabel:`Inherited` tab, then any users added to the *Sales/Administrator* group automatically receive access to the *Website/Restricted Editor* group, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Menus` tab: defines which menus/models the group can have access to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a specific menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Views` tab: lists which views in Odoo the group has access to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a view to the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab: lists the first level of rights (models) that this group has access rights to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to link access rights to this group. In this tab, the :guilabel:`Model` column represents the common name of the menu/model, and the :guilabel:`Name` column represents the technical name given to the model. For each model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Read`: users can see the object's existing values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Write`: users can edit the object's existing values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create`: users can create new values for the object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: users can delete values for the object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:120 +msgid "First try searching for the common name of the model in the drop-down menu of the :guilabel:`Model` column. The :guilabel:`Model` technical name can be found by expanding the model common name, which can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`(external link)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:124 +msgid "The model technical name can also be accessed in :ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:126 +msgid "On a form, navigate to any field, and hover over the field name. A box of backend information reveals itself with the specific Odoo :guilabel:`Object` name in the backend. This is the technical name of the model that should be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:0 +msgid "Technical information shown on a field of a model, with object highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:134 +msgid ":guilabel:`Record Rules`: lists the second layer of editing and visibility rights. :guilabel:`Record Rules` overwrite, or refine, the group's access rights. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a record rule to this group. For each rule, choose values for the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:138 +msgid ":guilabel:`Apply for Read`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Apply for Write`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`Apply for Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:141 +msgid ":guilabel:`Apply for Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:144 +msgid "Record rules are written using a *domain*, or conditions that filter data. A domain expression is a list of such conditions. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:147 +msgid "`[('mrp_production_ids', 'in', user.partner_id.commercial_partner_id.production_ids.ids)]`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:149 +msgid "This record rule is to enable MRP consumption warnings for subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:151 +msgid "Odoo has a library of preconfigured record rules for ease of use. Users without knowledge of domains (and domain expressions) should consult an Odoo Business Analyst, or the Odoo Support Team, before making changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:158 +msgid "Superuser mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:160 +msgid "*Superuser mode* allows the user to bypass record rules and access rights. To activate *Superuser mode*, first, activate :ref:`developer mode `. Then, navigate to the *debug* menu, represented by a :guilabel:`🪲 (bug)` icon, located in the top banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:164 +msgid "Finally, towards the bottom of the menu, click :guilabel:`Become Superuser`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:167 +msgid "Only users with *Settings* access for the *Administration* section of the *Access Rights* (in their user profile) are allowed to log in to *Superuser mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:171 +msgid "*Superuser mode* allows for circumvention of record rules and access rights, and therefore, should be exercised with extreme caution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:174 +msgid "Upon exiting *Superuser mode*, users may be locked out of the database, due to changes that were made. This can cause *impotent admin*, or an administrator without the ability to change access rights/settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:178 +msgid "In this case contact Odoo Support here: `new help ticket `_. The support team is able to restore access using a support login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:181 +msgid "To leave *Superuser mode*, log out of the account, by navigating to the upper-right corner, and clicking on the :guilabel:`OdooBot` username. Then, select the :guilabel:`Log out` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:185 +msgid "An alternative way to activate *Superuser mode* is to login as a superuser. To do that, navigate to the login screen, and enter the appropriate :guilabel:`Email` and :guilabel:`Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:188 +msgid "Instead of clicking :guilabel:`Login`, click :guilabel:`Log in as superuser`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst:3 @@ -5695,7 +6377,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google` when first logging into Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:0 msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot index 5a4c0ffe0..5fdb2bf63 100644 --- a/locale/sources/hr.pot +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -117,6 +117,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1 msgid "Create a new employee card." msgstr "" @@ -474,484 +475,484 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:5 msgid "Fleet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 -msgid "Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the vehicles." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the *Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings `, :ref:`manufacturers `, :ref:`vehicle models `, and :ref:`model categories `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 -msgid "This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the *Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings `, :ref:`manufacturers `, :ref:`vehicle models `, and :ref:`model categories `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 -msgid "To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration, the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:16 +msgid "To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Configuration --> Settings`. There are only two settings that need configuration, the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:-1 msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:25 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:27 msgid "The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the number of days defined in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:32 msgid "To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the :guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who will receive the alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:36 msgid "To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a :guilabel:`Contract` to view it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:39 msgid "An individual contract can also be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The :guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:46 msgid "New Vehicle Request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:48 msgid "The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:55 msgid "If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be able to request a new vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:62 msgid "Manufacturers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:64 msgid "Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Manufacturers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 -msgid "The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured :ref:`models ` from four major auto manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:68 +msgid "The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured :ref:`models ` from four major auto manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:-1 msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:78 msgid "Add a manufacturer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:80 msgid "To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the :guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:88 msgid "Vehicle Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 -msgid "Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added to the database." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:90 +msgid "Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) needs to be added to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:98 msgid "Preconfigured Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:100 msgid "The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to the database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "AUDI" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "BMW" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "Eddy Merckx" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "Mercedes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:103 msgid "Opel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "A1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "Serie 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "SanRemo76" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "Class A" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:105 msgid "Agilia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:107 msgid "A3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:107 msgid "Serie 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:107 msgid "Class B" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:107 msgid "Ampera" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:109 msgid "A4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:109 msgid "Serie 5" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:109 msgid "Class C" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:109 msgid "Antara" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:111 msgid "A5" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:111 msgid "Serie 6" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:111 msgid "Class CL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:111 msgid "Astra" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:113 msgid "A6" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:113 msgid "Serie 7" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:113 msgid "Class CLS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:113 msgid "AstraGTC" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "A7" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "Serie Hybrid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "Class E" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:115 msgid "Combo Tour" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "A8" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "Serie M" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "Class GL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:117 msgid "Corsa" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:119 msgid "Q3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:119 msgid "Serie X" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:119 msgid "Class GLK" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:119 msgid "Insignia" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:121 msgid "Q5" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:121 msgid "Serie Z4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:121 msgid "Class M" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:121 msgid "Meriva" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:123 msgid "Q7" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:123 msgid "Class R" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:123 msgid "Mokka" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:125 msgid "TT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:125 msgid "Class S" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:125 msgid "Zafira" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:127 msgid "Class SLK" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:127 msgid "Zafira Tourer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:129 msgid "Class SLS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:135 msgid "Add a new model" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:137 msgid "New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:144 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:147 msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:156 msgid "When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:160 msgid "Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:163 msgid "Model" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:165 msgid ":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can accommodate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:169 msgid ":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "Salary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:175 msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this model vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the :guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:187 msgid "Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the :guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and not on the general model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:196 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is depreciated over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:200 msgid "Engine" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:202 msgid ":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, :guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided by the car manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:208 msgid ":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:210 msgid ":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:215 msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the localization settings and local tax laws." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:222 msgid "Vendors tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:224 msgid "Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:228 msgid "The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:233 msgid "If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create another new vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:-1 msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:245 msgid "Model Category" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 -msgid "To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form `." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:247 +msgid "To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:251 msgid "To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:255 msgid "Add a new model category" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:257 msgid "To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:260 msgid "To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the vehicle can carry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:-1 msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:270 +msgid ":doc:`fleet/new_vehicle`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:271 +msgid ":doc:`fleet/service`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 msgid "Create new vehicles" msgstr "" @@ -1060,6 +1061,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan `_ for more details." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1 msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." msgstr "" @@ -1113,7 +1116,7 @@ msgid "Model tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 -msgid "If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the :guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model `." +msgid "If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the :guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 @@ -1830,6 +1833,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval and signatures." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract." msgstr "" @@ -2278,6 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or :guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the pop-up window." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1 msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch." msgstr "" @@ -2440,6 +2445,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on the specific report." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 msgid "Report dashboard view." msgstr "" @@ -2521,6 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 msgid "Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." msgstr "" @@ -2551,6 +2564,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default view is by month." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 msgid "Meal voucher" msgstr "" @@ -3713,6 +3728,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting for this role." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 9853efae1..15b2877df 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and source location must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" @@ -223,7 +223,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 @@ -575,6 +574,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" @@ -600,6 +600,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 msgid "Location" @@ -614,6 +615,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" @@ -629,6 +631,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" @@ -949,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:11 @@ -2613,7 +2616,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" @@ -2625,7 +2628,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually entered in each of the lot number lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" @@ -6212,6 +6215,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the quantities shipped." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" @@ -6709,7 +6713,7 @@ msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 -msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7 @@ -6741,86 +6745,86 @@ msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 -msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." +msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while *Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:51 msgid "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:55 msgid "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the *Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the *Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:64 msgid "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:72 msgid "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be applied to different products, the user can assign different storage locations for different products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:80 msgid "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:96 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 msgid "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:101 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:105 msgid "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:107 msgid "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -6828,27 +6832,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:119 msgid "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:123 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:125 msgid "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:-1 -msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." +msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" @@ -6856,7 +6860,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:143 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In the route form, the user can view which places the route is :guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" @@ -6864,7 +6868,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific :guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an :guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a :guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" @@ -6872,11 +6876,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:162 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:164 msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of places." msgstr "" @@ -6884,15 +6888,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the :guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:175 msgid "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to be manually set on the product category form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:180 msgid "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." msgstr "" @@ -6900,7 +6904,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:188 msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to :guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow that route." msgstr "" @@ -6908,11 +6912,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:196 msgid "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:200 msgid "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the quotation/sales order." msgstr "" @@ -6920,11 +6924,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:210 msgid "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" @@ -6932,15 +6936,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:222 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:224 msgid "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" @@ -6948,27 +6952,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an :guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:242 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the two situations explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:247 msgid ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:249 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" @@ -6977,55 +6981,47 @@ msgid "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stoc "zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:260 msgid "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or :guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The :guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:264 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:266 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 -msgid "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." +msgid "Example flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 -msgid "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281 -msgid "Sample full route flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:275 msgid "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:284 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from :guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" @@ -7033,7 +7029,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" @@ -7041,7 +7037,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" @@ -7049,7 +7045,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" @@ -7057,7 +7053,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:318 msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" @@ -7065,11 +7061,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:325 msgid "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:330 msgid "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" @@ -7798,87 +7794,143 @@ msgid "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgid "Shipping cost invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 -msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 -msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgid "Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale order. `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgid ":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery `, reflecting the actual expenses incurred by the business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery Methods`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:19 +msgid "To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 -msgid "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 -msgid "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:-1 +msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 -msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:30 +msgid "Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping provider, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 -msgid "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on **Set price**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 -msgid "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 -msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 -msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 -msgid "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 -msgid "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 -msgid "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 -msgid "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 -msgid "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply the method to all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to all web pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the :ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery charge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:57 +msgid "Invoice cost on sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:59 +msgid "To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:62 +msgid "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:-1 +msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:68 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:71 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:74 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:-1 +msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:-1 +msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:91 +msgid "Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost that was added earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:-1 +msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:98 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:-1 +msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:108 +msgid "Invoice real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:110 +msgid "To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps :ref:`above ` to create an invoice with a delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:114 +msgid "Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:-1 +msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr "" @@ -10620,6 +10672,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control policy for all the products created onwards." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 msgid "Vendor bills default control setting for new products in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index d425f1f15..47090778e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1586,6 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more refined parameters within it that can be customized." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:-1 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" @@ -2019,6 +2020,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To see a complete collection of blacklisted numbers, navigate to the :menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Phone Numbers` to reveal a dashboard containing every blacklisted phone number in the database." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:-1 msgid "SMS Blacklist menu in the application." msgstr "" @@ -2226,7 +2228,7 @@ msgid "SMS essentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:5 -msgid "Utilizing :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` outreach in communication strategies can help companies expand their market reach, especially in some countries, where emails might not be very common, or even used at all." +msgid "Utilizing :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` outreach in communication strategies can help companies expand their market reach, especially in countries where emails might not be common, or even used at all." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:9 @@ -2286,38 +2288,38 @@ msgid "Next, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, choose to whom this :abbr:`SMS msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:60 -msgid "To create (or edit) a mailing list, go to :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List`. There, Odoo displays all previously created mailing lists, along with various types of data related to that specific list (e.g. number of contacts, mailings, recipients, etc.)." +msgid "To create (or edit) a mailing list, go to :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List`. There, Odoo displays all previously-created mailing lists, along with various types of data related to that specific list (e.g. number of contacts, mailings, recipients, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:64 -msgid "To learn more about mailing lists and contacts, check out :doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" +msgid "To learn more about mailing lists and contacts, check out :doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:-1 msgid "View of the mailing list page in the SMS marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 -msgid "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:70 +msgid "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 -msgid "When another field (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`) is selected, the option to specify that chosen field even further becomes available — either with a default recipient filter equation that appears automatically (which can be customized to fit any business need), or, if no default recipient filter equation is present, an :guilabel:`Add Filter` button will appear." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:73 +msgid "When another field (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`) is selected, the option to specify that chosen field even further becomes available — either with a default recipient filter equation that appears automatically (which can be customized to fit any business need), or, if no default recipient filter equation is present, an :guilabel:`Add Filter` button appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:79 -msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button, reveals fully customizable domain rule fields, which can be configured similar to an equation. You can create multiple recipient rules, if necessary." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:78 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button reveals fully customizable domain rule fields, which can be configured similar to an equation. Multiple recipient rules can be created, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:81 msgid "Then, Odoo will only send the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to recipients who fit into whatever criteria is configured in those fields. Multiple rules can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:85 msgid "If :guilabel:`Contact` is chosen, all of the *Contacts* records in the Odoo database (vendors, customers, etc.) will receive the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`, by default — unless more specific recipient rules are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:89 msgid "For instance, the message below will only be sent to contacts in the database that are located in the United States (e.g. `Country` > `Country Name` equals `United States`), and they haven't blacklisted themselves from any mailings (e.g. `Blacklist` > `is` > `not set`)." msgstr "" @@ -2325,15 +2327,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact recipients on SMS marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:98 msgid "Writing SMS messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:100 msgid "Enter the content of the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` in the text field, found in the :guilabel:`SMS Content` tab. Links and emojis can also be included. Beneath the text field, Odoo displays how many characters are used in the message, along with how many :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings it will take to deliver the complete message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:106 msgid "To check the price of sending an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` for a country, click on the :guilabel:`Information` icon." msgstr "" @@ -2341,19 +2343,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS price check icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:114 msgid "Credits must be purchased from Odoo in order to take advantage of the *SMS Marketing* app; :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages will not be sent without credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:118 msgid "`Odoo SMS - FAQ `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:121 msgid "Track links used in SMS messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:123 msgid "When links are used in :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages, Odoo automatically generates link trackers to gather analytical data and metrics related to those specific links, which can be found by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Link Tracker`." msgstr "" @@ -2361,15 +2363,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Link Tracker page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:132 msgid "Adjust SMS settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:134 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the SMS template, there is an option to :guilabel:`Include opt-out link`. If activated, the recipient is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list, thus avoiding all future mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:138 msgid "An employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible` in the :guilabel:`Tracking` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, as well." msgstr "" @@ -2377,39 +2379,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Settings tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:146 msgid "Send SMS messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:148 msgid "Once a mailing is created, choose when Odoo should deliver the message from the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Send`: sends the message immediately. Consider using this option if the recipient list is highly refined, or in cases that involve fast approaching deadlines, such as a \"flash sale.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule`: choose a day (and time) for Odoo to send the mailing. This is typically the best option for mailings related to a specific event. Such a method can also be used to promote a limited-time offer, or to help plan a company's content strategy in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:155 msgid ":guilabel:`Test`: allows for an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to be sent to one or multiple numbers for test purposes. Remember to use a comma between phone numbers if multiple numbers are used as recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:160 msgid "Visualize reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:162 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Reporting` page (accessible via the :menuselection:`Reporting` option in the header menu), there are options to apply different combinations of :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Measures` to view metrics in a number of different layouts (e.g. :guilabel:`Graph`, :guilabel:`List`, and :guilabel:`Cohort` views.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:167 msgid "Each :guilabel:`Reporting` metric view option allows for more extensive performance analysis of :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:170 msgid "For example, while in the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` data is visualized as different graphs and charts, which can be sorted and grouped in various ways (e.g. :guilabel:`Measures` drop down menu)." msgstr "" @@ -2417,14 +2419,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reporting page in SMS Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:179 +msgid "SMS messages can be sent using server actions in Odoo. To do so, in :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Automation section --> Automated Actions`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:183 +msgid "Enter an :guilabel:`Action Name` and select a :guilabel:`Model` to implement this action on. Set the :guilabel:`Trigger` to either :guilabel:`On Creation`, :guilabel:`On Update`, :guilabel:`On Creation & Update`, :guilabel:`On Deletion`, :guilabel:`Based on Form Modification`, or :guilabel:`Based on Timed Condition`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Based on the selection for the :guilabel:`Trigger`, additional fields may populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Apply on` field a record filter using a domain can be created. Ensure a model has been selected before setting any domains on the :guilabel:`Apply on` field. Click :guilabel:`Edit Domain` to set record parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`Action To Do` drop-down field, select :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message`. Next, set the :guilabel:`SMS Template`, and choose whether the SMS message should be logged as a note, by ticking the box next to :guilabel:`Log as Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "Automated action template with action to do, SMS template and log as note highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "Ensure the :guilabel:`Active` toggle is set to *on* for the automated action to run. :guilabel:`Save` the completed automated action to implement the change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`sms_campaign_settings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:207 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:208 +msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -2629,6 +2663,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access a complete overview of all social marketing campaigns, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and click :menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate page with every campaign in a default kanban view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:-1 msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" @@ -3133,6 +3168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is associated with." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 msgid "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index b83d96b02..7a7b6cd04 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -217,7 +217,152 @@ msgid "Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 -msgid "Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgid "Events can be created in *Google Calendar* without sending a notification by selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:211 +msgid "Troubleshoot sync" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:160 +msgid "There may be times when the *Google Calendar* account does not sync correctly with Odoo. Sync issues can be seen in the database logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:163 +msgid "In these cases, the account needs troubleshooting. A reset can be performed using the :guilabel:`Reset Account` button, which can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users`. Then, select the user to modify the calendar, and click the :guilabel:`Calendar` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +msgid "Reset buttons highlighted on the calendar tab of the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:225 +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Reset Account` under the correct calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:228 +msgid "Reset options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:177 +msgid "The following reset options are available for troubleshooting Google calendar sync with Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +msgid "Google calendar reset options in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`User's Existing Events`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:239 +msgid ":guilabel:`Leave them untouched`: no changes to the events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete from the current Google Calendar account`: delete the events from *Google Calendar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:242 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete from Odoo`: delete the events from the Odoo calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete from both`: delete the events from both *Google Calendar* and Odoo calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Next Synchronization`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Synchronize only new events`: sync new events on *Google Calendar* and/or Odoo calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:195 +msgid ":guilabel:`Synchronize all existing events`: sync all events on *Google Calendar* and/or Odoo calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:253 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` after making the selection to modify the user's events and the calendar synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:202 +msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:204 +msgid "At times there can be misconfigurations that take place, and troubleshooting is needed to resolve the issue. Below are the most common errors that may occur when configuring the *Google Calendar* for use with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:209 +msgid "Production vs. testing publishing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:211 +msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` (instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) displays the following warning message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:214 +msgid "`OAuth is limited to 100 sensitive scope logins until the OAuth consent screen is verified. This may require a verification process that can take several days.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:217 +msgid "To correct this warning, navigate to the `Google API Platform `_. If the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` is :guilabel:`In Production`, click :guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:222 +msgid "No test users added" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:224 +msgid "If no test users are added to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`, then an :guilabel:`Error 403: access_denied` populates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +msgid "403 Access Denied Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:231 +msgid "To correct this error, return to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`, under :guilabel:`APIs & Services`, and add test users to the app. Add the email to be configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:235 +msgid "Application Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:237 +msgid "When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if :guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears (:guilabel:`Error 400:redirect_uri_mismatch`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 +msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:245 +msgid "To correct this error, delete the existing credentials, and create new credentials, by selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:248 +msgid "Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI`, and type: `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_account/authentication` in the field, being sure to replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the **real** Odoo database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:253 +msgid "Ensure that the domain (used in the URI: `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_account/authentication`) is the exact same domain as configured in the `web.base.url` system parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:257 +msgid "Access the `web.base.url` by activating :ref:`developer mode `, and navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical header menu --> Parameters section --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 @@ -225,169 +370,271 @@ msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 -msgid "Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgid "Synchronizing a user's *Outlook Calendar* with Odoo is useful for keeping track of tasks and appointments across all related applications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/azure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/users/azure`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth`" +msgid ":doc:`../../general/email_communication/azure_oauth`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 -msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgid "Microsoft Azure setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 -msgid "To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or paid for Azure. For more information, `click here `_." +msgid "To sync the *Outlook Calendar* with Odoo's *Calendar*, a Microsoft *Azure* account is required. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried, or paid for, *Azure*. For more information, view the account options on the `Azure website `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 -msgid "Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ on how to set up an Microsoft Entra ID (formally called *Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)*), which is a representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:20 +msgid "Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ on how to set up a Microsoft *Entra ID* (formally called Microsoft *Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)*). This is an API console to manage and register Microsoft applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:24 -msgid "Then, `Register an Application `_, choosing the appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Microsoft Entra ID directory - Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported account types`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:25 +msgid "Existing Microsoft *Entra ID* users should log in at the `Microsoft Azure developer portal `_. Next, select :guilabel:`View` under the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Microsoft Entra ID`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:30 -msgid "When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by `/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgid "Register application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:34 -msgid "Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:32 +msgid "After logging in with the Microsoft *Entra ID*, `register an application `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:35 +msgid "To create an application, click :guilabel:`+ Add` in the top menu. From the resulting drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`App Registration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +msgid "Microsoft Azure management page with + Add and App Registration menu highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:42 +msgid "Enter a unique :guilabel:`Name` for the connected application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:44 +msgid "Choosing the appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type` is essential, or else the connected application will not work. Users who wish to connect their *Outlook Calendar* to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Microsoft Entra ID directory - Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:50 +msgid "When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose the :guilabel:`Web` option from the first drop-down menu. Then, enter the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by `/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:55 +msgid "Enter `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`. Replace `yourdbname.odoo.com` with the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:59 +msgid "Ensure the database's :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` (domain) used in the URI is the exact same domain as the one configured on the `web.base.url` system parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:62 +msgid "Access the `web.base.url` by activating :ref:`developer mode `, and navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical header menu --> Parameters section --> System Parameters`. Then, select it from the :guilabel:`Key` list on the :guilabel:`System Parameters` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the Microsoft Entra ID portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:41 -msgid "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check this page `_." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:71 +msgid "For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, check Microsoft's `Redirect URI (reply URL) restrictions and limitations `_ page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:44 -msgid "Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:75 +msgid "Finally, on the application registration page, click :guilabel:`Register` button to complete the application registration. The :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` is produced. Copy this value, as it is needed later, in the :ref:`outlook_calendar/odoo_setup`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:48 -msgid "To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a :guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret :guilabel:`Expires`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +msgid "Application client ID highlighted in the essentials section of the newly created\n" +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:52 -msgid "Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:85 +msgid "Create client secret" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:87 +msgid "The second credential needed to complete the synchronization of the Microsoft *Outlook Calendar* is the *Client Secret*. The user **must** add a client secret, as this allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the user's side. *Certificates* are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:91 +msgid "To add a client secret, click :menuselection:`Certificates & secrets` in the left menu. Then click :guilabel:`+ New client secret` to create the client secret." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +msgid "New client secret page with certificates and secrets menu and new client secret option\n" +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:99 +msgid "Next, type a :guilabel:`Description`, and select when the client secret :guilabel:`Expires`. Available options include: :guilabel:`90 days (3 months)`, :guilabel:`365 days (12 months)`, :guilabel:`545 days (18 months)`, :guilabel:`730 days (24 months)` or :guilabel:`Custom`. The :guilabel:`Custom` option allows the administrator to set a :guilabel:`Start` and :guilabel:`End` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to :guilabel:`Add a client secret`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:108 +msgid "Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months or custom), so there is no need to re-synchronize soon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Value` for use in the next section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "Client secret values cannot be viewed, except immediately after creation. Be sure to save the secret when created *before* leaving the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:121 msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:59 -msgid "In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:123 +msgid "In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Integrations section`, and tick the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting. Remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:66 -msgid "From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:131 +msgid "From the Microsoft *Azure* portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, if it has not already been copied, and paste it into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:73 -msgid "In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the :guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:139 +msgid "Copy the previously-acquired :guilabel:`Value` (Client Secret Value), and paste it into the :guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:146 msgid "Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:151 msgid "Sync with Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:155 msgid "Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the user's production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:159 msgid "If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:163 msgid "To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, and then start the sync." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:167 msgid "Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from Odoo's side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:172 msgid "In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo calendar:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:174 msgid "Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:175 msgid "Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:176 msgid "Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:177 msgid "Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:178 msgid "Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:179 msgid "Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event attendees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:182 msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 -msgid "In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the :guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not already, and grant the required permissions." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:184 +msgid "In the Odoo database, open to the *Calendar* module, and click the :guilabel:`Outlook` sync button on the right-side of the page, beneath the monthly calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:126 -msgid "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:191 +msgid "The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled in both accounts (*Outlook* and Odoo). The page redirects to a Microsoft login page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not already. Finally, grant the required permissions by clicking :guilabel:`Accept`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:130 -msgid "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync their calendar with Outlook `. The configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Microsoft Entra ID tenants' Client IDs and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their internal and external users." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +msgid "Authentication process on Microsoft Outlook OAuth page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:201 +msgid "All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync their calendar with Outlook `. The configuration of Microsoft's *Azure* account is only done once, as Microsoft *Entra ID* tenants' client IDs and client secrets are unique, and help the user manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for internal and external users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/integrations/mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`google`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:213 +msgid "There may be times when the *Microsoft Outlook Calendar* account does not sync correctly with Odoo. Sync issues can be seen in the database logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:216 +msgid "In these cases, the account needs troubleshooting. A reset can be performed using the :guilabel:`Reset Account` button, which can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users`. Then, select the user to modify the calendar, and click on the :guilabel:`Calendar` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:230 +msgid "The following reset options are available for troubleshooting *Microsoft Outlook Calendar* sync with Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:-1 +msgid "Outlook calendar reset options in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:240 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete from the current Microsoft Calendar account`: delete the events from *Microsoft Outlook Calendar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:243 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete from both`: delete the events from both *Microsoft Outlook Calendar* and Odoo calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Synchronize only new events`: sync new events on *Microsoft Outlook Calendar* and/or Odoo calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:250 +msgid ":guilabel:`Synchronize all existing events`: sync all events on *Microsoft Outlook Calendar* and/or Odoo calendar." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:6 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -1068,7 +1315,7 @@ msgid "VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" @@ -1081,7 +1328,7 @@ msgid "To use this service, `contact Axivox `_ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1584,6 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a :guilabel:`New conference` form appears." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:-1 msgid "New conference form on Axivox." msgstr "" @@ -2696,12 +2944,12 @@ msgid "In the :guilabel:`GSM number` field, enter an alternative number at which msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:102 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:149 msgid "A country code is a locator code that allows access to the desired country's phone system. The country code is dialed first, prior to the target number. Each country in the world has its own specific country code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:160 msgid "For a list of comprehensive country codes, visit: `https://countrycode.org `_." msgstr "" @@ -3608,23 +3856,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "OnSIP :abbr:`VoIP (voice over internet protocol)` services are only available in the **United States** (US). OnSIP :abbr:`VoIP (voice over internet protocol)` services are widely available in the lower-48, contiguous United States. In Alaska or Hawaii, charges for service can be higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "Additionally, a :abbr:`US (United States)` billing address, and :abbr:`US (United States)` credit card are required to use the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:13 +msgid "Before setting up an account with OnSIP, the business will need to make sure the business telephone numbers are portable to OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:16 +msgid "OnSIP makes every attempt to work with all telephone service providers. However, certain local or regional guidelines may preclude the company's current provider from releasing the number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "Odoo *VoIP* can be set up to work together with `OnSIP (Odoo Landing Page) `_. OnSIP is a VoIP provider. An account is needed with OnSIP in order to use this service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:26 msgid "Before setting up an account with OnSIP, make sure the company's home area, and the areas that will be called, are covered by OnSIP services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below to configure it on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:35 msgid "To configure the Odoo database to connect to OnSIP services, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps application` from the main Odoo dashboard. Then, remove the default `Apps` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and search for `VoIP OnSIP`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:39 msgid "Next, install the :guilabel:`VOIP OnSIP` module." msgstr "" @@ -3632,23 +3896,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of OnSIP app in the app search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:46 msgid "Odoo VoIP setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:48 msgid "After installing the *VOIP OnSIP* module, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Integrations` section, and locate the :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` fields. Then, proceed to fill in those three fields with the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: the domain that was assigned when creating an account on `OnSIP `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: `wss://edge.sip.onsip.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: :guilabel:`Production`" msgstr "" @@ -3656,15 +3920,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "VoIP configuration settings in Odoo Settings app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:62 msgid "To access the OnSIP domain, navigate to `OnSIP `_ and log in. Then, click the :guilabel:`Administrators` link in the top-right of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:65 msgid "Next, in the left menu, click :guilabel:`Users`, and then select any user. By default, the selected user opens on the :guilabel:`User Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:68 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Phone Settings` tab to reveal OnSIP configuration credentials (first column)." msgstr "" @@ -3673,43 +3937,43 @@ msgid "Domain setting revealed (highlighted) on administrative panel of OnSIP ma "console." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:77 msgid "Odoo user setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "Next, the user needs to be set up in Odoo. Every user associated with an OnSIP user **must** also be configured in the Odoo user's settings/preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:82 msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users --> Select the User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:84 msgid "On the user form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to configure the user's OnSIP account. Then, click the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`VoIP Configuration` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:87 msgid "In this section, fill in the fields with OnSIP credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:89 msgid "Fill in the following fields with the associated credentials listed below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`SIP Login` / :guilabel:`Browser's Extension` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Username`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP authorization User` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Auth Username`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Handset Extension` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Ext.` (extension without the `x`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`SIP Password` = OnSIP :guilabel:`SIP Password`" msgstr "" @@ -3718,31 +3982,31 @@ msgid "OnSIP user credentials with username, auth username, SIP password, and ex "highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:102 msgid "The OnSIP extension can be found in the *User* banner line above the tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:104 msgid "When these steps are complete, click :guilabel:`Save` on the user form in Odoo to save the configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:107 msgid "Once saved, Odoo users can make phone calls by clicking the :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon in the top-right corner of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:111 msgid "Additional setup and troubleshooting steps can be found on `OnSIP's knowledge base `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:115 msgid "Incoming calls" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:117 msgid "The Odoo database also receives incoming calls that produce pop-up windows in Odoo. When those call pop-up windows appear, click the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to answer the call." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:120 msgid "To ignore the call, click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -3750,20 +4014,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming call shown in the Odoo VoIP widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`voip_widget`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:32 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:134 msgid "Missing parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:136 msgid "If a *Missing Parameters* message appears in the Odoo widget, make sure to refresh the Odoo browser window (or tab), and try again." msgstr "" @@ -3771,15 +4035,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Missing parameter message in the Odoo VoIP widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:144 msgid "Incorrect number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:146 msgid "If an *Incorrect Number* message appears in the Odoo widget, make sure to use the international format for the number. This means leading with the international country code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:153 msgid "For example, `16505555555` (where `1` is the international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" @@ -3787,23 +4051,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incorrect number message populated in the Odoo VoIP widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:164 msgid "OnSIP on mobile phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:166 msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when the user is not in front of Odoo on their computer, a softphone app on a mobile phone can be used in parallel with Odoo *VoIP*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:169 msgid "This is useful for convenient, on-the-go calls, and to make sure incoming calls are heard. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`devices_integrations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/onsip.rst:174 msgid "`OnSIP App Download `_" msgstr "" @@ -3835,6 +4099,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Additionally, one can also use the :guilabel:`Search bar` in the :guilabel:`VOIP` pop-up window to find any desired contact." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/transfer_forward.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/transfer_forward.rst:-1 msgid "Using the VoIP phone widget to make calls." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 3b3ad0525..642bde46b 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -48,17 +48,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:12 @@ -92,6 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:-1 msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." msgstr "" @@ -405,7 +405,8 @@ msgid "Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:61 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "" @@ -434,11 +435,14 @@ msgid "Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settin msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:-1 msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:88 -msgid "Users of Odoo Online (SaaS) Enterprise automatically have free trial credits in their database to test any IAP features." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:78 +msgid "Enterprise Odoo users with a valid subscription get free credits to test :abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` features before deciding to purchase more credits for the database. This includes demo/training databases, educational databases, and one-app-free databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 @@ -585,64 +589,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:3 +msgid "Lead enrichment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:5 +msgid "*Lead enrichment* is a service that provides business information for a contact attached to a lead. Lead enrichment is an In-App Purchase (IAP) that requires credits to use, and is available for existing leads in an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:9 +msgid "The information provided by lead enrichment can include general information about the business (including full business name and logo), social media accounts, :guilabel:`Company type`, :guilabel:`Founded` information, :guilabel:`Sectors` information, the number of :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Estimated revenue`, :guilabel:`Phone` number, :guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:21 +msgid "The *leads* feature **must** be activated in the *CRM* settings page in order to use lead enrichment. To access the *CRM* settings, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`CRM` section activate the :guilabel:`Leads` option and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:27 +msgid "Lead enrichment set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:29 +msgid "To set up lead enrichment in the *CRM* application, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Lead Enrichment`, and select either :guilabel:`Enrich leads on demand only` or :guilabel:`Enrich all leads automatically`. Click the :guilabel:`Save` button to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:-1 +msgid "CRM lead generation settings page, with lead enrichment activation highlighted, and enrich\n" +"leads on demand only chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:41 +msgid "Enrich leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:43 +msgid "Enrichment of leads is based on the domain of the email address of the customer set on the lead. There are two different ways that a lead can be enriched: *automatically* or *manually*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:47 +msgid "Automatically enrich leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:49 +msgid "During set up, if :guilabel:`Enrich all leads automatically` was selected on the *CRM* :guilabel:`Settings` page, then no action needs to be taken by the user to enrich the lead. A scheduled action runs automatically, every sixty minutes, and enrichment occurs on leads, after a remote database is contacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:55 +msgid "To access the cron that runs for the automatic lead enrichment, activate :ref:`developer mode `, and navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Automation section --> Scheduled Actions`. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type in `CRM`. Click into the result labeled :guilabel:`CRM: enrich leads (IAP)`, and make any necessary adjustments. In the :guilabel:`Execute Every` field, enter a value greater than, or equal to, five minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:62 +msgid "The following is an example of lead enrichment data that has been autocompleted successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter showing lead enrichment data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:69 +msgid "Manually enrich leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:71 +msgid "If the :guilabel:`Enrich leads on demand only` option was selected on the *CRM* :guilabel:`Settings` page, when activating :guilabel:`Lead Enrichment`, each lead that a user wishes to enrich **must** be manually enriched. This is achieved by clicking the :guilabel:`Enrich` button in the top menu of the lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:76 +msgid "The same information will be retrieved at the same :abbr:`IAP (In-App Puchase)` credit cost (one per enrichment). This method of enrichment is useful when every lead does not need to be enriched, or cost is an issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:-1 +msgid "Manual enrich button feature highlighted on the CRM lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:85 +msgid "Manually enrich leads in bulk using the *list* view. First, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Leads`, and click the list view button (:guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon). Next, tick the checkboxes for the leads that should be manually enriched. Finally, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action` icon, and select :guilabel:`Enrich` from the resulting drop-down menu. This can also be achieved from the *My Pipeline* page. To do so, simply open the *CRM* app, or navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales --> My Pipeline`. Either route reveals leads and opportunities on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:96 +msgid "Lead enrichment is an In-App Purchase (IAP) feature, and each enriched lead costs one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:99 +msgid "See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:102 +msgid "To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the :guilabel:`Lead Enrichment` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:-1 +msgid "Buy credits from the lead enrichment settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:110 +msgid "Credits and balances may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings app`. In the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, under the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:122 +msgid "When collecting a company's contact information, make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations. For more information about General Data Protection Regulation, refer to: `Odoo GDPR `__." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 -msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgid "Enrich contacts with partner autocomplete" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 -msgid "Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and quickly get all the information you need." +msgid "*Partner autocomplete* enriches the contacts database with corporate data. In any module, enter the new company name into the :guilabel:`Customer` field (`partner_id` technical field), and select one of the companies suggested in the drop-down menu. Instantly get valuable company information full of hard-to-find data for a desired company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner Autocomplete* feature." +msgid "A company **cannot** already be manually entered in the *Contacts* application prior to enriching it with data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "The information provided by partner autocomplete can include general information about the business (including full business name and logo), social media accounts, :guilabel:`Company type`, :guilabel:`Founded` information, :guilabel:`Sectors` information, the number of :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Estimated revenue`, :guilabel:`Phone` number, :guilabel:`Timezone`, and :guilabel:`Technologies Used`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:21 +msgid "When getting a company's contact information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations. For more information about General Data Protection Regulation refer to: `Odoo GDPR `_. In Odoo, individual contact information cannot be searched for with the partner autocomplete feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:29 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Contacts section`. Then, activate the :guilabel:`Partner Autocomplete` feature, by ticking the checkbox beside it, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:-1 -msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" +msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 -msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:37 +msgid "Enrich contacts with corporate data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 -msgid "From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact will be populated with corporate data." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "From any module, as the user is typing in the name of a new company contact, Odoo reveals a large drop-down menu of potential match suggestions. If any are selected, the contact is then populated with corporate data related to that specific selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 -msgid "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:43 +msgid "For example, after typing `Odoo`, the following information populates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:-1 msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:49 +msgid "In the chatter, the following information populates about the company, after clicking on the desired pre-populated contact:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:-1 msgid "View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 -msgid "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a company name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Partner Autocomplete also works if a :abbr:`VAT (value-added tax)` number is entered instead of company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 -msgid "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:63 +msgid "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:66 +msgid "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Contacts section`. Then, locate either the :guilabel:`Partner Autocomplete` feature and click :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or locate the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature and click :guilabel:`View My Services`. From the resulting page, select a desired package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 -msgid "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:72 +msgid "If the database runs out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 -msgid "If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:75 +msgid "Learn about our `Privacy Policy `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here `_." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Utilize activities for sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:5 +msgid "*Activities* are follow-up tasks tied to a record in an Odoo database. Activities can be scheduled on any page of the database that contains a chatter thread, Kanban view, list view, or activities view of an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:13 +msgid "The summary view of activities for leads and opportunities in an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:13 +msgid "Planned Activities for Leads and Opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:16 +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:18 +msgid "A set of preconfigured activity types is available in the *CRM* app. To view the list of available activity types, navigate to the :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Additional activity types are available within the database, and can be utilized through different applications. To access the complete list of activity types, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, then scroll to the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, and click :guilabel:`Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:27 +msgid "The preconfigured activity types for the *CRM* app are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: adds a reminder to the chatter that prompts the salesperson to send an email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Call`: opens a calendar link where the salesperson can schedule time to call the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Meeting`: opens a calendar link where the salesperson can schedule time to have a meeting with the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`To Do`: adds a general reminder task to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Upload Document`: adds a link on the activity where an external document can be uploaded. Note that the *Documents* app is **not** required to utilize this activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:39 +msgid "If other applications are installed, such as *Sales* or *Accounting*, other activity types are made available in the *CRM* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:43 +msgid "Create a new activity type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:45 +msgid "To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create` at the top-left of the page to open a blank form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:48 +msgid "At the top of the form, start by choosing a :guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:51 +msgid "Activity settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:54 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:56 +msgid "The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:59 +msgid "If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:61 +msgid "If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:63 +msgid "If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:-1 +msgid "The Activity settings on a new activity type with emphasis on the Action field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:71 +msgid "The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the applications currently installed in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:75 +msgid "Default user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:77 +msgid "To automatically assign this activity to a specific user when this activity type is scheduled, choose a name from the :guilabel:`Default User` drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who creates the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:82 +msgid "Default summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:84 +msgid "To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:88 +msgid "The information in the :guilabel:`Default User` and :guilabel:`Default Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:93 +msgid "Next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:95 +msgid "To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:99 +msgid "Suggest next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:101 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, select :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity`. Upon doing so, the field underneath changes to: :guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:133 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Schedule` field, choose a default deadline for these activities. To do so, configure a desired number of :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, decide if it should occur :guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity deadline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:138 +msgid "This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the activity is scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:140 +msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:115 +msgid "If an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Suggest Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:0 +msgid "A schedule activity pop-up with emphasis on the recommended activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:124 +msgid "Trigger next activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:126 +msgid "Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:129 +msgid "If :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` is selected in the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` field, the field beneath changes to: :guilabel:`Trigger`. From the :guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be launched once this activity is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:143 +msgid "When an activity has the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` set to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity`, marking the activity as *Done* immediately launches the next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:148 +msgid "Activity tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:150 +msgid "To keep the pipeline up to date with the most accurate view of the status of activities, as soon as a lead is interacted with, the associated activity should be marked as *Done*. This ensures the next activity can be scheduled as needed. It also prevents the pipeline from becoming cluttered with past due activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:155 +msgid "The pipeline is most effective when it is kept up-to-date and accurate to the interactions it is tracking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:159 +msgid "Activity plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:161 +msgid "Activity types with the *Chaining Type* set to *Trigger New Activity* provide the opportunity to preplan a sequence of customized activities. Once an activity is marked as *Done*, the next activity is automatically scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:165 +msgid "The *Chaining Type* setting on an activity type provides the opportunity to preplan a sequence of events, that can aide in the sales process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:169 +msgid "A salesperson adds a new lead to their pipeline, and schedules an *Email* activity for the following day. The email activity type is configured with the following settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:172 +msgid ":guilabel:`Chaining Type`: `Suggest Next Activity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Suggest`: `Call` `Meeting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule`: `2 days after previous activity deadline`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:176 +msgid "After sending an email to the lead, the salesperson clicks :guilabel:`DONE & SCHEDULE NEXT` on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window. This opens a new pop-up window, where the suggested next activities are listed as recommendations for next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:0 +msgid "Schedule an activity pop-up window with recommended activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:184 +msgid "The *suggested* or *triggered* activities will vary, depending on a variety of factors. See below for some suggested sequences:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:189 +msgid "Sample #1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:191 +msgid "A salesperson adds a lead to the pipeline and schedules an *email* activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:192 +msgid "The *email* activity suggests scheduling a *call* or a *meeting* within two days of the previous deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:194 +msgid "Both the *call* and the *meeting* activities trigger a *create quote* activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:195 +msgid "After the quote is sent, a *follow-up on quote* activity is scheduled within five days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:197 +msgid "Sample #2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:199 +msgid "A lead is :doc:`added to the pipeline <../acquire_leads/generate_leads>` through the website's contact form. The salesmanager assigns a salesperson and schedules an activity for a *call*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:202 +msgid "The *call* activity triggers an *upload document* activity, so the salesperson can send over a proposal after a successful phone call." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:204 +msgid "The *upload document* activity suggests scheduling a *request signature* activity or a *meeting*. The salesperson chooses to schedule a meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:207 +msgid "Sample #3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:209 +msgid "A salesmanager notices several of their salespeople are neglecting to follow-up on their leads in a timely manner. As a result, high-value targets are not receiving adequate attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:212 +msgid "The salesmanager creates a new activity type, titled *follow-up*, which is configured with the :guilabel:`Action` set to :guilabel:`Reminder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:214 +msgid "The salesmanager adds *follow-up* as the next activity triggered or suggested to all of their teams activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:216 +msgid "After a salesperson schedules an *email* activity, a *follow-up* activity is scheduled for the next day. After they schedule a *meeting* activity, a *follow-up* activity is scheduled two days later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:221 +msgid ":doc:`Activities `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 @@ -1229,54 +1639,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually assign leads to this sales team, click on the :guilabel:`Assign Leads` button at the top of the sales team configuration page. This will assign any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's specified domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 -msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 -msgid "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 -msgid "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 -msgid "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 -msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 -msgid "Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the *Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 -msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 -msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 -msgid "Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 -msgid "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 -msgid "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 -msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1481,113 +1843,162 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Making a product available in your POS." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:3 +msgid "ePOS printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:5 +msgid "ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. Once connected, these devices automatically share information, allowing for direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:10 +msgid "Epson printers using Wi-Fi/Ethernet connections and following the `EPOS SDK Javascript protocol `_ are compatible with Odoo **without** needing an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:14 +msgid "Thermal printers using ESC/POS or StarPRNT protocol are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:16 +msgid "Epson printers using only USB connections are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:18 +msgid "Epson printers that connect via Bluetooth are **not compatible**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:25 +msgid "Directly supported ePOS printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:27 +msgid "The following ePOS printers are directly compatible with Odoo without needing an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:30 +msgid "Epson TM-m30 i/ii/iii (Wi-Fi/Ethernet models only; Recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:31 +msgid "Epson TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:32 +msgid "Epson TM-T70II-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:33 +msgid "Epson TM-T88V-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:34 +msgid "Epson TM-L90-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:35 +msgid "Epson TM-T20II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:36 +msgid "Epson TM-T70-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:37 +msgid "Epson TM-T82II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:38 +msgid "Epson TM-T83II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:39 +msgid "Epson TM-U220-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:40 +msgid "Epson TM-m10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:41 +msgid "Epson TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:42 +msgid "Epson TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:43 +msgid "Epson TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:44 +msgid "Epson TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:47 +msgid "ePOS printers with IoT Box integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:49 +msgid "The following printers require an :doc:`IoT Box ` to be compatible with Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:52 +msgid "Epson TM-T20 family (incompatible ePOS software)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:53 +msgid "Epson TM-T88 family (incompatible ePOS software)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:54 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 family (incompatible ePOS software)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7 -msgid "ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 -msgid "These `Epson ePOS printers `_ are compatible with Odoo:" +msgid "To work with Odoo, some printer models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box ` may require :doc:`the HTTPS protocol ` to establish a secure connection between the browser and the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS leads to a warning page on most web browsers. In that case, you can temporarily :ref:`force the connection `, which allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as long as the browser window stays open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 -msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16 -msgid "TM-T70II-DT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17 -msgid "TM-T88V-DT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18 -msgid "TM-L90-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19 -msgid "TM-T20II-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20 -msgid "TM-T70-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21 -msgid "TM-T82II-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 -msgid "TM-T83II-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23 -msgid "TM-T88V-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 -msgid "TM-U220-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25 -msgid "TM-m10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26 -msgid "TM-m30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27 -msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 -msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29 -msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30 -msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32 -msgid "To work with Odoo, some models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box ` may require :doc:`the HTTPS protocol ` to establish a secure connection between the browser and the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS leads to a warning page on most web browsers. In that case, you can temporarily :ref:`force the connection `, which allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as long as the browser window stays open." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40 msgid "The connection is lost after closing the browser window. Therefore, this method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the :ref:`following instructions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 msgid "For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. Then, export and import it into your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 msgid "**Generating** an SSL certificate should only be done **once**. If you create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:33 msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:166 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 msgid "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to [IP address] (unsafe)`." msgstr "" @@ -1595,44 +2006,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:176 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:178 msgid "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed Certificate**. The :guilabel:`Common Name` should be automatically filled out. If not, fill it in with the printer IP address number. Select the years the certificate will be valid in the :guilabel:`Validity Period` field, click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:189 msgid "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click :guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure **Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server Certificate` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:195 msgid "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web browser by navigating to its IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`). Then, force the connection as explained in the **Generate a self-signed certificate tab**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:200 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 msgid "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and :guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" msgstr "" @@ -1640,45 +2051,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:208 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:209 msgid "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct extension;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 msgid "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom of the pop-up window;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:229 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:86 msgid "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, some browsers might not see the file during the import process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:221 msgid "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> Security tab --> View certificate`;" msgstr "" @@ -1686,122 +2097,122 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:228 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:102 msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 msgid "The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:109 msgid "Windows 10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:111 msgid "Windows 10 manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do so," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 msgid "open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:115 msgid "right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install Certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 msgid "select where to install the certificate and for whom - either for the :guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, click :guilabel:`Next`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:120 msgid "on the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select :guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:126 msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129 msgid "Linux" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:133 msgid "open Chrome;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:134 msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> Manage certificates`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:136 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select the exported certification file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:138 msgid "accept all warnings;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:150 msgid "restart your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 msgid "open Firefox;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:146 msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View Certificates... --> Import`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:148 msgid "select the exported certification file;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:149 msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 msgid "On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 msgid "open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a warning page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:157 msgid "on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this website --> Visit Website`, validate;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159 msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161 msgid "To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open **Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," msgstr "" @@ -1813,7 +2224,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:215 msgid "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, some browsers might not find the file during the import process." msgstr "" @@ -1821,99 +2232,99 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:231 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:238 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:239 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:242 msgid "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the version of Android and the device manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "iOS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:247 msgid "To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:251 msgid "Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click :guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the second pop-up window. Then," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:255 msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:257 msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:259 msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen and the pop-up window;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:261 msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:265 msgid "The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do so," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust Settings`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:268 msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:269 msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 msgid "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + `the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:275 msgid "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 msgid "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your browser. If the SSL certificate has been applied correctly, you should no longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock icon, indicating that the connection is secure." msgstr "" @@ -1922,7 +2333,7 @@ msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5 -msgid "If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." +msgid "If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, if you use an :doc:`ePos printer `), HTTP becomes the default protocol." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9 @@ -1945,10 +2356,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Value**: `True`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3 msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" @@ -2046,9 +2453,9 @@ msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:76 msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` section." msgstr "" @@ -2105,94 +2512,110 @@ msgid "Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid paym msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9 -msgid "Adyen works only with businesses processing **more** than **10 million annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1,000** transactions **per month**." +msgid "Adyen payment terminals do not require an :doc:`IoT Box `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:10 +msgid "Adyen terminals can be used in many countries, but not worldwide. Check the `List of countries supported by Adyen `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:12 +msgid "Adyen works only with businesses processing more than **$10 million annually** or invoicing a minimum of **1,000 transactions per month**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:16 +msgid "`List of payment methods supported by Adyen `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:17 +msgid "`List of Adyen terminals `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:22 msgid "Start by creating your Adyen account on `Adyen's website `_. Then, board your terminal following the steps described on your terminal's screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 -msgid "`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides `_." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:26 +msgid "`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:31 msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:33 msgid "The **Adyen API key** is used to authenticate requests from your Adyen terminal. To generate an API key, go to your :menuselection:`Adyen account --> Developers --> API credentials`, and **create** new credentials or select **existing** ones. Click :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and save the key to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen API key` field at :ref:`the payment method creation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40 msgid "`Adyen Docs - API credentials `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46 msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:48 msgid "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is the terminal's serial number, which is used to identify the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:51 msgid "To find this number, go to your :menuselection:`Adyen account --> Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link with, and save its serial number to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier` field at :ref:`the payment method creation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:57 msgid "Set the Event URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:59 msgid "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must configure the terminal **Event URLs**. To do so," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:61 msgid "Log in to `Adyen's website `_;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:62 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and select the connected terminal;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:64 msgid "From the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:65 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as :guilabel:`Decrypted`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:66 msgid "Click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by `/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:67 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:75 msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 msgid "Finally, fill in the mandatory fields with your :ref:`Adyen API key `, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier `, and :guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:91 msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." msgstr "" @@ -2204,7 +2627,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:100 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." msgstr "" @@ -2217,52 +2640,62 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the Benelux." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "Worldline payment terminals require an :doc:`IoT Box `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:10 +msgid "Worldline is currently only available in Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo works with the Ingenico Lane/, Desk/, and Move/ payment terminals as they support the TLV communication protocol through TCP/IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:19 msgid "Connect an IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:20 msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:26 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 msgid "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:31 msgid "Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* (you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:42 msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Ingenico` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:56 msgid "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:68 msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:77 msgid "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" @@ -2364,43 +2797,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worldline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 -msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:11 +msgid "Odoo is compatible with Worldline terminals that use the CTEP protocol (e.g., the Yomani XR and Yoximo terminals). If you have any doubts, contact your payment provider to ensure your terminal's compatibility." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:21 msgid "Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:26 msgid "Configure the protocol" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:28 msgid "From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:35 msgid "Set the IP address" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:37 msgid "From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK` (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:42 msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:48 msgid "To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:49 msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." msgstr "" @@ -2412,55 +2845,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> 19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:57 msgid "Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:60 msgid "Port number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:62 msgid "On the *Port number* screen, enter **9001** (or **9050** for Windows) and click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:69 msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Worldline` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:84 msgid "To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose \"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86 msgid "Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:87 msgid "To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88 msgid "Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:93 msgid "When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to *Payment Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 msgid "Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID appear on the payment record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:103 msgid "In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the order. This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:106 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." msgstr "" @@ -2956,11 +3389,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`configuration/epos_printers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:25 msgid "Reprint a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:27 msgid "From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." msgstr "" @@ -2968,63 +3405,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:35 msgid "You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or :guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:41 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:43 msgid "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:47 msgid "Activate invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:49 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of Sale:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:54 msgid "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:61 msgid "Select a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:63 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:67 msgid "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer or create a new one by using this button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:72 msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:75 msgid "Invoice your customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:77 msgid "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to select it and validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:82 msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:85 msgid "Retrieve invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:87 msgid "Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the invoice." msgstr "" @@ -3478,6 +3915,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can import serial numbers in Point of Sale. To do so, select a **sales order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import" msgstr "" @@ -3790,6 +4228,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "" @@ -5396,6 +5835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" @@ -7345,6 +7785,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0 msgid "View of a subscription product form in Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" @@ -7361,7 +7802,7 @@ msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 @@ -7371,7 +7812,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 @@ -7464,7 +7905,7 @@ msgid "After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 @@ -7521,19 +7962,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an *Email template* can be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear in the chatter of your respective subscription." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:55 +msgid "Sending a SMS text message in Odoo requires In-App Purchase (IAP) credit or tokens. For more information on :abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)`, visit :doc:`../../../essentials/in_app_purchase`. For more information on sending SMS messages, visit :doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:60 +msgid "As a result, this alert sends a rating survey after one month, to the customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey appears in the chatter of your respective subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:-1 msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:68 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:70 msgid "By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less satisfied clients*." msgstr "" @@ -7541,15 +7986,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:76 msgid "This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 msgid "By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and *Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index 85162e1e0..7b931bbbc 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -293,6 +292,312 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filter for tickets closed by customers on Odoo Helpdesk's reporting page." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "*Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets*, *Project*, and *Accounting* applications, customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Track and bill time features configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill Time* features **must** be enabled on each *Helpdesk* team individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "To view and enable the *Track & Bill Time* features on a *Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Then, select a team from the list, or create a :doc:`new Helpdesk team <../overview/getting_started>`. This reveals a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "On the team's settings page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` section. Tick the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:38 +msgid "If this is the first time this feature has been enabled on this database, the page may need to be manually saved and refreshed before the :guilabel:`Project` field appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:41 +msgid "The project selected in this field represents where all the timesheets for this team's tickets are recorded. Click into the :guilabel:`Project` drop-down menu to select a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:44 +msgid "To create a new project where the timesheets are recorded, click into the :guilabel:`Project` drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click :guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the top-left of the page to save any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +msgid "The settings page of a Helpdesk team with the track and bill time settings enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:57 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:59 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is created in the *Sales* app called, *Service on Timesheet*. This product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales app--> Products --> Products`. Then, search for `Service on Timesheet` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This is the product that is used when invoicing for *post-paid support services* **after** they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:65 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheet` from the :guilabel:`Products` page. This reveals the product detail form. The product is configured with the :guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service`, and the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to make any necessary changes to the product record, such as the :guilabel:`Cost` or :guilabel:`Sales Price`, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +msgid "The Service on Timesheet product with emphasis on the invoicing policy field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:75 +msgid "In order to invoice for support services *before* the work has been completed, also known as *prepaid support services*, a separate product with a different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:78 +msgid "To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. This reveals a blank product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:84 +msgid "Try to use a name that identifies the purpose of the product, for example, `Prepaid Services`. This makes it easier when adding it to a sales order later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product, before any timesheet entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save those configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product with the *Invoicing Policy* set to *Prepaid/Fixed Price* would be used, just like the one created in the :ref:`Configure service products ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:107 +msgid "Create prepaid product sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to reveal a blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:113 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:115 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation, and click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* configured in the steps :ref:`above `. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation. This converts the quotation into a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:124 +msgid "Create/send invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:126 +msgid "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button on the sales order form. This opens a :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "If no down payment is collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular invoice`. If a :doc:`down payment <../../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment>` is collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:134 +msgid "When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` or :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "Invoices are created in draft mode, so they can be reviewed and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "The invoice can then be :doc:`sent to the customer <../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices>` for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:146 +msgid "To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app`, and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on the desired team's card, to reveal that specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:150 +msgid "On the blank ticket form, enter a ticket :guilabel:`Title` and the :guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:153 +msgid "When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field automatically populates with the most recent prepaid sales order item that has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:156 +msgid "If a customer has more than one sales order item with remaining time, click the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field, and select the correct item from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "After entering all of the necessary information, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:162 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:164 +msgid "Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:166 +msgid "On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a :guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of :guilabel:`Hours Spent` working on the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:170 +msgid "As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field, at the bottom-right of the tab, is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:-1 +msgid "The timesheets tab of a Helpdesk ticket keeping track of the number of hours remaining on a\n" +"sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:179 +msgid "If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` turns red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:182 +msgid "As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:186 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:188 +msgid "When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an issue, an invoice **cannot** be created before the total number of hours required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this case, a service product with the *Invoicing Policy* set to *Based on Timesheets* would be used, like the one created :ref:`above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:194 +msgid "Create time-tracked product sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:196 +msgid "To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales order (SO) with the :guilabel:`Service on Timesheet` product. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to reveal a blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:200 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:202 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select the :guilabel:`Service on Timesheet` product configured :ref:`above `. After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:207 +msgid "Unlike with the prepaid service quotations, Odoo does **not** allow an invoice to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed; in other words, nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:212 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:214 +msgid "To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracked services, go to the :menuselection:`Helpdesk app`, and select the appropriate team for which these services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the Kanban view to open it. If there is no existing ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new ticket, and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:221 +msgid "After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:225 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:227 +msgid "In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered *delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:231 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an :guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:234 +msgid "Repeat these steps, as needed, until all time spent on the issues has been recorded. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:238 +msgid "Create invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:240 +msgid "After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new timesheet entries need to be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:243 +msgid "To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:246 +msgid "Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the :guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:249 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This opens a :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:251 +msgid "If no down payment is collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular invoice`. If a down payment is collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:256 +msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should **only** include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, **all** applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:260 +msgid "When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` or :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The invoice can then be :doc:`sent to the customer <../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices>` for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:265 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -313,7 +618,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -338,6 +642,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -520,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:195 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" msgstr "" @@ -723,290 +1028,223 @@ msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgid "Service level agreements (SLAs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 -msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, and when." +msgid "A *service level agreement* (SLA) defines the level of service a customer can expect from a supplier. :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` provide a timeline that tells customers when they can expect results, and keeps the support team on target." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" +msgid "The *SLA Policies* feature **must** be enabled on newly-created *Helpdesk* teams." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 -msgid "First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:12 +msgid "To enable the feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Click on a team to open that team's configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgid "From here, scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section. To turn on the :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` feature for the team, tick the :guilabel:`SLA Policies` checkbox. Click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. The page may need to be refreshed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:-1 -msgid "View of an SLA form in Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "The configuration page for a Helpdesk team with the SLA feature enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 -msgid "Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority** a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:24 +msgid "Create SLA policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 -msgid "**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all SLAs is the one considered." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:26 +msgid "To create a new policy, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 -msgid "When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgid "Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and click on a team. Then, click the :guilabel:`SLA Policies` smart button at the top of the team's settings page, and click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:33 +msgid "On the blank :guilabel:`SLA Policies` form, enter a name on the blank line at the top of the form, and a description in the :guilabel:`Description of the policy...` field. Then, proceed to fill out the form using the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:38 +msgid "Define SLA policy criteria" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:40 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Criteria` section is used to identify which tickets this policy is applied to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:42 +msgid "Fill out the following fields to adjust the selection criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:45 +msgid "Unless otherwise indicated, multiple selections can be made for each field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Helpdesk Team`: a policy can only be applied to one team. *This field is required.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Priority`: the priority level for a ticket is identified by selecting one, two, or three of the :guilabel:`⭐ (star)` icons, representing the priority level on the Kanban card, or on the ticket itself. The :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` is **only** applied after the priority level has been updated on the ticket to match the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` criteria. If no selection is made in this field, this policy applies to all priority levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: ticket types can be helpful when indicating when a ticket is a customer question that can be solved with a quick response, or an issue that may require additional investigation. Multiple ticket types can be selected for this field. If no selection is made, this policy applies to all ticket types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: tags are used to indicate what the ticket is about. Multiple tags can be applied to a single ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customers`: individual contacts or companies may be selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Order Items`: this field is available only if a team has the *Timesheets* feature enabled. This allows the ticket to link directly to a specific line on a sales order, which must be indicated on the ticket in the :guilabel:`Sales Order Items` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:65 +msgid "Establish an SLA policy target" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:67 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Target` section of an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policy form, identifies the stage a ticket needs to reach, and the time allotted to reach that stage, to satisfy the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policy. Any stage assigned to a team may be selected for the :guilabel:`Reach Stage` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:73 +msgid "An :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` titled `8 Hours to Close` tracks the working time before a ticket is completed, and would have `Solved` as the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`. Simultaneously, an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` titled `2 Days to Start` tracks the working time before work on a ticket has begun, and would have `In Progress` as the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:78 +msgid "Time spent in stages selected in the :guilabel:`Excluding Stages` field are **not** included in the calculation of the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:82 +msgid "Meet SLA deadlines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:84 +msgid "As soon as it is determined that a ticket fits the criteria of an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policy, a deadline is calculated. The deadline is based on the creation date of the ticket, and the targeted working hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:89 +msgid "The value indicated next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` field of an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policy is used to determine the deadline. By default, this is determined by the value set in the :guilabel:`Company Working Hours` field. To view, or update, this setting, first enable :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/>`. Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Resources --> Working Times`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:95 +msgid "The deadline is then added to the ticket, as well as a tag indicating the name of the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:98 +msgid "When a ticket satisfies an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policy, the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` tag turns green, and the deadline disappears from view on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:105 +msgid "A Helpdesk ticket with two SLA tags attached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:105 +msgid "This Helpdesk ticket has two SLA policies applied to it. One of the policies has been satisfied, so the tag has turned green. The other policy is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:109 +msgid "If a ticket fits the criteria for more than one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`, the earliest occurring deadline is displayed on the ticket. After that deadline has passed, the next deadline is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "A Helpdesk ticket with emphasis on the deadline field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:117 +msgid "If the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline passes and the ticket has not moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`, the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` tag turns red. After the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` has failed, the red tag stays on the ticket, even after the ticket is moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:123 +msgid "Analyze SLA performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:125 +msgid "The *SLA Status Analysis* report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the performance of individual team members. Navigate to the report, and corresponding pivot table, by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:131 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:133 +msgid "By default, the report displays in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view. Any :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policies in the database with tickets that failed to fulfill a policy, are in progress, or have satisfied a policy are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a ticket’s form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgid "The pivot view of the SLA Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:141 +msgid "To change the display, or add additional measurements, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting criteria, and choose from the options available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and keep track of upcoming deadlines." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:144 +msgid "Whenever a measurement is picked, a :guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon appears in the drop-down menu to indicate that the measurement is included, and a corresponding new column emerges in the pivot table to show the relevant calculations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the SLA status analysis page emphasizing the group by option in Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:148 +msgid "To add a group to a row or column, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next to the policy name and then select one of the groups. To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus)` icon next to the policy name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:153 +msgid "Graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:155 +msgid "The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a *Bar Chart*, *Line Chart*, or *Pie Chart*. Toggle between these views by first selecting the :guilabel:`Graph` button at the top-right of the dashboard. Then, select the appropriate chart icon at the top-left of the graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 -msgid "Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your customer needs." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:161 +msgid "Bar Chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:167 +msgid "A bar chart can deal with larger data sets, and compare data across several categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 -msgid "Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be ultimately modified on each ticket." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:169 +msgid "Line Chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" -"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:175 +msgid "A line chart can visualize data trends or changes over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as the unit of measure of your service." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:177 +msgid "Pie Chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" -"Sales" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:183 +msgid "A pie chart compares data among a small number of categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 -msgid "Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the *Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:186 +msgid "Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` views can be :guilabel:`Stacked` by selecting the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon. This displays two or more groups on top of each other, instead of next to each other, making it easier to compare data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, automating the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 -msgid "We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the customer and *Confirm* the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 -msgid "Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the task created by the confirmation of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 -msgid "Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under the *Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 -msgid "Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered* column in the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 -msgid "Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:104 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` integration provides more control and transparency over how clients are charged, and what they're specifically billed for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, the Helpdesk agent can use the ticket to record timesheets. Once a ticket is solved, the client can be billed for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will pull from the ticket's timesheet to accurately bill the client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 -msgid "To turn on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, select a Helpdesk team, and then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, enable the options :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time Billing`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply these changes to the Helpdesk team settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:20 -msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is enabled, a :guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will appear below :guilabel:`Timesheets`. The :guilabel:`Project` drop-down option will automatically be set to a project that Odoo created for the Helpdesk team. The tickets' timesheets will be stored in the selected project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:26 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:28 -msgid "After a ticket comes into the pipeline, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Create`. Then, add the customer from the ticket to the :guilabel:`Customer` field in the new quotation. In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, create or select a product to charge the customer for the time spent on their Helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:33 -msgid "If creating a new product from the sales order form, first give the product a name by typing it in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:36 -msgid "First, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service` and the :guilabel:`Sales Price` to the Helpdesk agent's service rate. Then, set the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to create the new product and add it to the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:41 -msgid "Once the product is added, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to turn the quotation into a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:-1 -msgid "Create a sales order and add a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:48 -msgid "Record a timesheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:50 -msgid "To record a timesheet, jump back to the Helpdesk ticket by going to the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard, clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's card, and locating the correct ticket. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` and use the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab to record the time spent on the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:-1 -msgid "Record time spent on a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:60 -msgid "The ticket's timesheets can be recorded before or after the sales order is made, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:64 -msgid "Link the Helpdesk ticket to the SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:66 -msgid "To link the :guilabel:`Sales Order` to the ticket, start on the ticket form and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Sales Order` that was created earlier from the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` drop-down menu. Odoo will automatically filter the options to only show sales orders that are connected to the ticket's customer. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to connect the ticket and the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:-1 -msgid "Link the SO item to the ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:77 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` can be connected to the ticket before or after any timesheets are recorded, the order doesn't matter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:81 -msgid "Modify billing rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:83 -msgid "If a timesheet entry is recorded, but the agent does not want to bill the client for that time, go to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and toggle on the visibility of the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` column. When filling out the information for the timesheet entry, make sure to leave the non-billable timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:88 -msgid "If the agent wants to charge a different rate for a timesheet entry, first, add a new product to the connected :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` priced at the new rate. Then, select the new product in the timesheet entry's :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:93 -msgid "Create the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:95 -msgid "When the Helpdesk ticket is completed and the client is ready to be billed for time, begin by clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button on the ticket form to navigate to the sales order. The :guilabel:`Delivered` column should match the number of hours recorded on the ticket's timesheet. After checking and filling out the relevant information, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to bill the client for the time spent on the ticket. Odoo will automatically generate an invoice to send to the client and the Helpdesk ticket can officially be closed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`invoice_time`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "An example of the SLA analysis report, displaying the stacked bar graph view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index be4063d2f..60ff74c25 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-20 10:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 08:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1220,53 +1220,53 @@ msgid "Add a CNAME record" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:153 -msgid "Creating a CNAME record to forward your domain name to the address of your Odoo database is required." +msgid "Adding a CNAME record to forward your domain name to the address of your Odoo database is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:212 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:159 msgid "The CNAME record's target address should be your database's address as defined at its creation (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:222 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:165 -msgid "The CNAME record's target address can be the project's main address, which can be found on Odoo.sh by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Project Name`, or a specific branch (production, staging or development) by going to :menuselection:`Branches --> select the branch --> Settings --> Custom domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:164 +msgid "The CNAME record's target address should be the project's main address, which can be found on Odoo.sh by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Project Name`, or a specific branch (production, staging or development) by going to :menuselection:`Branches --> select the branch --> Settings --> Custom domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:170 msgid "The specific instructions depend on your DNS hosting service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:173 msgid "`GoDaddy: Add a CNAME record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:174 msgid "`Namecheap: How to create a CNAME record for your domain `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "`OVHcloud: Add a new DNS record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:176 msgid "`Cloudflare: Manage DNS records `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:180 -msgid "Creating a CNAME record to map the `www` subdomain (`www.yourdomain.com`) as some visitors are used to typing `www.` before entering a domain name." +msgid "Odoo only supports subdomains. To use your naked domain name :dfn:`(a domain name without any subdomains or prefixes)` (`yourdomain.com`), create a redirection 301 to redirect visitors to `www.yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:184 -msgid "You own the domain name `yourdomain.com`, and your Odoo Online database's address is `mycompany.odoo.com`. You want to access your Odoo database primarily with the domain `www.yourdomain.com` but also with the naked domain :dfn:`(a domain name without any subdomains or prefixes)` `yourdomain.com`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:185 +msgid "You own the domain name `yourdomain.com`, and your Odoo Online database's address is `mycompany.odoo.com`. You want to access your Odoo database primarily with the domain `www.yourdomain.com` and also with the naked domain `yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:189 @@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To moderate messages, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Groups --> Mailing List Groups`, select the mail group, and click the :guilabel:`To review` smart button. You can moderate messages using the buttons at the end of the message line or select a message to view its content and moderate it accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/mail_groups.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/mail_groups.rst:0 msgid "Moderation buttons in the message line." msgstr "" @@ -2769,6 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you already have a Google Analytics account, sign in and click the gear icon in the bottom-left corner of the page to access the **Admin** page. Then, click :guilabel:`+ Create Property`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:0 msgid "Measurement ID in Google Analytics." msgstr "" @@ -2884,7 +2885,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:53 msgid "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "The integration with the :doc:`CRM ` application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." -msgstr ""